aiq-10k_20151231.htm

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

x

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended: December 31, 2015

OR

¨

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                     to                    

Commission File Number: 1-16609

 

ALLIANCE HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

DELAWARE

 

33-0239910

 

 

 

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(IRS Employer

Identification Number)

100 Bayview Circle, Suite 400, Newport Beach, California 92660

(Address of principal executive office)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (949) 242-5300

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

 

 

 

Common Stock, Par Value $0.01

 

NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  o    No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

 

¨

 

Accelerated filer

 

x

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer

 

¨  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

Smaller reporting company

 

¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2015, based upon the closing price of the Common Stock as reported by The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC on such date, was $91.1 million.

The number of shares outstanding of Common Stock, $.01 par value, as of March 7, 2016 was 10,616,884 shares.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

The registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed within 120 days of December 31, 2015 is incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K to the extent stated herein.

 

 

 

 

 


 

PART I

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-looking Statements

This Annual Report on Form 10-K, including Item 1, Business; Item 1A, Risk Factors; and Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, particularly in the section entitled Liquidity and Capital Resources, and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, includes “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

In some cases you can identify these statements by forward-looking words, such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “seek,” “intend” and “continue” or similar words. Forward-looking statements may also use different phrases. Forward-looking statements address, among other things, our future expectations, projections of our future results of operations or of our financial condition and other forward-looking information and include statements related to the Company’s improvement plan, including its efforts to grow the Radiology, Oncology, and Interventional Healthcare Services Divisions, and expected annualized savings.

Statements regarding the following subjects, among others, are forward-looking by their nature:

(a) future legislation and other healthcare regulatory reform actions, and the effect of that legislation and other regulatory actions on our business;

(b) our expectations with respect to future radiology services and radiation oncology volumes and revenues;

(c) the effect of seasonality on our business;

(d) expectations with respect to capital expenditures in 2016;

(e) the effect of recent accounting pronouncements on our results of operations and cash flows or financial position;

(f) our business and strategic plans, including the effect of growth and cost-cutting initiatives;

(g) our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements;

(h) compliance with our debt covenants;

(i) unrecognized tax benefits and the adequacy of our tax provisions; and

(j) our belief regarding the sufficiency of our cash and cash equivalents to meet our working capital, capital expenditure and other cash needs.

We believe it is important to communicate our expectations to our investors. There may be events in the future, however, that we are unable to predict accurately or that we do not fully control that cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements, including:

 

·

our high degree of leverage and our ability to service our debt;

 

·

factors affecting our leverage, including interest rates;

 

·

the risk that the counterparties to our interest rate swap agreements fail to satisfy their obligations under those agreements;

 

·

our ability to obtain financing;

 

·

the effect of operating and financial restrictions in our debt instruments;

 

·

the accuracy of our estimates regarding our capital requirements;

 

·

intense levels of competition and overcapacity in our industry;

 

·

changes in the rates or methods of third-party reimbursements for diagnostic imaging and radiation oncology services;

 

·

fluctuations or unpredictability of our revenues, including as a result of seasonality;

 

·

changes in the healthcare regulatory environment;

 

·

our ability to keep pace with technological developments within our industry;

 

·

the growth or decline in the market for MRI and other services;

 

·

the disruptive effect of natural disasters, including weather;

2


 

 

·

adverse changes in general domestic and worldwide economic conditions and instability and disruption of credit and equity markets; 

 

·

our ability to successfully integrate acquisitions; and

 

·

other factors discussed under Risk Factors in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and that are otherwise described or updated from time to time in our SEC reports.

This Annual Report on Form 10-K includes statistical data that we obtained from public industry publications. These publications generally indicate that they have obtained their information from sources believed to be reliable but they do not guarantee the accuracy and completeness of their information. Although we believe that the publications are reliable, we have not independently verified their data.

 

 

3


 

ITEM 1.

BUSINESS 

General

Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc. (“Alliance” and together with its direct and indirect subsidiaries, the “Company,” “we,” “our,” or “us”) is a leading national provider of outsourced healthcare services to hospitals and providers. We also operate freestanding outpatient radiology, oncology and interventional clinics, and Ambulatory Surgical Centers (“ASC”) that are not owned by hospitals or providers. Our diagnostic radiology services are delivered through the Radiology Division (Alliance HealthCare Radiology), radiation oncology services through the Oncology Division (Alliance Oncology, LLC), and interventional and pain management services through the Interventional HealthCare Services Division (Alliance HealthCare Interventional Partners, LLC). We are the nation’s largest provider of advanced diagnostic mobile radiology services, an industry-leading operator of fixed-site radiology centers, and a leading provider of stereotactic radiosurgery nationwide. As of December 31, 2015, we operated 563 diagnostic imaging and radiation therapy systems, including 116 fixed-site radiology centers across the country, and 32 radiation therapy centers and stereotactic radiosurgery (“SRS”) facilities. With a strategy of partnering with hospitals, health systems and physician practices, we provide quality healthcare services for over 1,000 hospitals and healthcare partners in 45 states where approximately 2,430 Alliance Team Members are committed to providing exceptional patient care and exceeding customer expectations. We were incorporated in the state of Delaware on May 27, 1987.

Service Overview

 

·

Radiology Division: We provide comprehensive radiology service line management and fixed-site radiology center management through our RAD360TM service in our Radiology Division. We also provide mobile and interim medical imaging systems to hospitals, health systems and provider groups. These services normally include the use of our medical imaging systems, technologists to operate the systems, sales and marketing, patient scheduling and pre authorization, billing and payor management, equipment maintenance and upgrades, and overall management of day-to-day shared-service and fixed-site diagnostic imaging operations.

 

·

Oncology Division: We provide a wide range of radiation oncology services for cancer patients covering initial consultation, preparation for treatment, simulation of treatment, radiation oncology delivery, therapy management and follow-up care. Our services include the use of our linear accelerators (“Linac”) and SRS, therapists to operate those systems, sales and marketing, patient scheduling and pre authorization, billing and payor management, equipment maintenance and upgrades and management of day-to-day operations.

 

·

Interventional HealthCare Services Division: We provide interventional healthcare through therapeutic minimally invasive pain management procedures medical management, laboratory testing, and other services. Interventional procedures are performed in either a procedure room or ASC environment, as determined by the treating physician. Interventional therapies are playing a more critical role in the care and treatment pathway for patients, but they are also playing an important role in how care is delivered.

We currently operate in two reportable business segments – radiology and oncology. Radiology and oncology divisions generated 72% and 21% of our revenue, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2015. Radiology and oncology divisions generated 79% and 21% of our revenue, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2014.  Radiology and oncology divisions generated 83% and 17% of our revenue, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2013. For additional information on reportable business segments, see Note 17 – Segment Information.

Our clients and partners contract with us to provide radiology, oncology and interventional healthcare services to:

 

·

take advantage of our extensive radiology, radiation oncology and interventional healthcare service lines management experience;

 

·

partner with a leader whose core competency is high-quality, efficient and scalable services in the areas of radiology, interventional healthcare and radiation oncology services.

 

·

avoid capital investment, financial risk and contracting for maintenance associated with the purchase of their own systems;

 

·

provide access to radiology, radiation oncology, interventional healthcare and other services for their patients when the demand for these services does not justify the purchase of dedicated, full-time systems;

 

·

eliminate the need to recruit, train and manage qualified technologists or therapists;

 

·

make use of our ancillary services; and,

 

·

gain access to services under our regulatory and licensing approvals when they do not have these approvals.

4


 

Significant 2015 Corporate Events

On December 31, 2015, we executed an agreement to form a partnership between our Oncology Division and the Pacific Cancer Institute (“PCI”), a state-of-the-art radiation therapy and SRS center located in Maui, Hawaii, wherein we acquired a 95% controlling interest in PCI. We expect PCI to generate annualized revenue of approximately $6.3 million.

On October 14, 2015, we acquired a 60% controlling interest in PRC Associates, LLC, (“PRC”), a premier provider of interventional pain management healthcare with eight locations in Central Florida and the Palm Coast, through our Interventional HealthCare Services Division. We expect PRC to generate annualized revenue of approximately $12.0 million.

On September 16, 2015, Fujian Thai Hot Investment Co., Ltd. (“Thai Hot”) agreed to purchase approximately 5,537,945 shares of Company common stock from funds managed by Oaktree, MTS and Larry C. Buckelew (“Buckelew” and together with Oaktree and MTS, the “Selling Stockholders”) for approximately $102.5 million or $18.50 per share (the “Transaction”). In connection with the Transaction, Thai Hot and the Selling Stockholders agreed to bear a specified portion of the following Company expenses related to the Transaction: (i) 100% of the fees and expenses incurred by the Company in connection with the amendment or waiver of its credit agreement, and (ii) all reasonable and documented fees and expenses incurred by the Company in connection with the Transaction in excess of $1 million.  In addition, subject to the approval of the Board or an authorized special committee of the Board, Thai Hot agreed to fund a new management incentive arrangement which involves the issuance of $1.5 million in cash-based awards to the Company’s management.  

Selling Stockholders believe that the Transaction is expected to close within a few weeks of the filing of this Form 10-K. Upon completion of the Transaction, Thai Hot will own a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company. The Company has not agreed to pay any management fees to Thai Hot for any financial advisory services to the Company.

On August 1, 2015, we acquired an additional 15.5% in Alliance-HNI LLC (“AHNI”), thereby increasing our ownership percentage to 65.5% and giving us a controlling interest in AHNI. Prior to August 1, 2015, our interest in AHNI was deemed a noncontrolling interest and, as such, we accounted for the investment using the equity method. Also prior to the step acquisition, AHNI had three subsidiaries: Alliance-HNI Leasing Co. (“AHNIL”), Alliance-HNV PET/CT Services, LLC (“AHNVPS”), and Alliance-HNV PET/CT Leasing, LLC (“AHNVPL”). AHNI held a 98% interest in AHNIL, which AHNI consolidated, and, effectively, a 53.4% interest in AHNVPS, which AHNI did not consolidate. In addition to our original 50% investment in AHNI, we also had a 46.6% interest in AHNVPS prior to the step acquisition and, accordingly, we have consolidated AHNVPS and AHNVPL since the initial acquisition on November 21, 1997. As consideration in the step-up acquisition on August 1, 2015, we contributed our 46.6% interest in HNVPS and our rights to certain assets to AHNI in exchange for the additional 15.5% interest in AHNI. After the completion of the step acquisition, we hold a 65.5% interest in AHNI which, in turn, holds all of the outstanding interest in AHNVPS. As a result of gaining a controlling interest in AHNI, we began consolidating AHNI effective August 1, 2015.

On February 17, 2015, we acquired a 59% controlling interest in The Pain Center of Arizona (“TPC”), including TPC’s affiliated billing and collection company. TPC provides expert medical diagnosis and treatment of people with chronic pain disorders at its 12 locations within the state. This acquisition advances our strategic expansion into adjacent segments of healthcare services as interventional pain management is the largest segment within the interventional therapeutic services space.  

Industry Overview

Radiology is a medical specialty that employs the use of medical imaging systems to visualize, diagnose or stage diseases and injuries within the human body and convert them to film or digital media.  The images produced by the imaging systems are then interpreted by a licensed Radiologist, with the resulting dictated report being provided to physicians who are delivering care to a patient. Magnetic Resonance Imaging (“MRI”), Positron Emission Tomography (“PET”) and Computed Tomography (“CT”) services have historically comprised the majority of our radiology revenue. Radiation oncology is the practice of delivering ionizing radiation therapy to treat malignant and benign disease processes under the direction of a radiation oncologist. Interventional healthcare services commonly consist of one or more of the following: interventional radiology, interventional pain management and interventional therapeutics.

Radiology Division

Focused on hospitals and providers, we deliver radiology service line and outpatient center management, as well as mobile radiology solutions such as MRI, PET/CT and CT modalities.  Through the Alliance RAD360TM service, we offer an end-to-end business/operational lifecycle solution. RAD360TM is an innovative and comprehensive set of services that provides the sales and marketing, clinical quality, and operational excellence to take a radiology service line to new levels. We also offer premier quality programs and services, including OnPoint, which is automated cloud-based software that allows hospitals and imaging providers to

5


 

manage every scanner in their facilities, automate the quality control measures required for accreditation by the American College of Radiology (ACR), and detect gradual degradation in image quality to identify problems and preventative maintenance before they impact clinical results. Alliance Radiology partners with hospitals and healthcare groups to deliver an outstanding patient experience, drive operational excellence and create competitive differentiation to ensure mutual success.

Our Radiology Division offers the following procedural options:

 

·

Magnetic Resonance Imaging (“MRI”):  Physicians use MRI to find diseases or abnormalities in the body without using X-rays. MRI uses a magnetic field and radio waves to create detailed images of the body. MRI is a non-invasive and painless procedure. Most MRI scans require fewer than sixty minutes to complete. We offer both traditional and “wide-open” (meaning, the bore of the MRI is larger than a traditional bore) MRI scanning options. The large opening of the wide-bore MRI makes it a good option for children, patients with mild anxiety or claustrophobia, large patients, or patients with shoulder injuries.

 

 

·

Positron Emission Tomography (“PET”) and Computed Tomography (“CT”): A PET/CT scan combines PET and CT technologies. PET images show the function of cells in the body. CT images show details of body anatomy such as vessels, lymph nodes and organs. Alone, PET and CT are each effective for a wide variety of applications. When PET and CT scans are combined, the fused images help doctors accurately diagnose, stage and treat cancer. PET/CT scans may reduce the need for biopsy or surgery.

PET/CT can help determine:

 

o

Size and location of the growth;

 

o

Whether the cancer is spreading;

 

o

The best form of treatment;

 

o

Whether therapy is working; and

 

o

Whether there has been a recurrence.

 

 

·

Computed Tomography (“CT”):  CT uses X-ray technology and computer processing to create images of bones, organs, and blood vessels. These detailed images help doctors diagnose conditions and determine treatment options. CT is often used to assess internal trauma, diagnose cancers, guide procedures and therapies, and diagnose fractures.

CT can generate very detailed three-dimensional images of certain parts of the body, such as soft tissues, blood vessels, lungs, brain, abdomen and bones.  Pictures of the same area are taken from different angles and then digitally combined to produce the images. CT is painless, and usually lasts only a few minutes.  Some patients require an intravenous or oral contrast agent to improve the image quality of body tissues. 

 

·

Ultrasound: Ultrasound is a safe, radiation-free imaging method that shows a range of body tissues in real-time.  Ultrasound systems use high-frequency sound waves to create medical images that help doctors evaluate tissues including blood vessels in the neck, abdomen, and legs as well as monitor fetal development. During the ultrasound exam the technologist uses a warm gel to move a transducer (a wand-like instrument) across the patient’s skin.

 

·

Nuclear medicine: Nuclear medicine is a specialized area of radiology that uses very small amounts of radioactive substances to evaluate organs, bones, or tissues. Unlike, X-rays, where external radiation is used, nuclear medicine scans involve the patient taking a dose of radiopharmaceuticals internally.

There are several types of nuclear medicine diagnostic techniques. Scintigraphy creates two-dimensional images to evaluate areas such as bone, myocardial perfusion, and parathyroid. SPECT is a 3D technique that helps doctors evaluate functional processes of the body. There are also hybrid techniques that superimpose nuclear medicine scans onto CT images. Nuclear medicine differs from imaging such as CT and MR by revealing the physiological function of the system being evaluated, rather than showing traditional anatomical images.

 

·

X-Ray (Digital): Classic X-ray technology is often used as a first-line test in radiologic diagnosis.  X-ray radiation can be used to create two-dimensional images of almost every part of the body. Bone fractures and pneumonia, for example, are often diagnosed with this quick, low-cost, and widely available imaging modality.

6


 

 

·

Mammogram: Mammography is an imaging technique that takes low-dose X-rays of the breasts for early detection of cancer. Images are taken of each breast from several angles. This procedure can identify abnormal growths that are too small or deep to be detected during a routine self-exam. Mammography is the most effective method to detect breast disease in women. The American Cancer Society recommends annual mammograms for women over age 40.  

 

·

Bone Density Screening: Bone density screening is the standard measure used in preventing and diagnosing osteoporosis. The bone density test helps predict the patient’s risk of breaking bones, and can monitor the effects of osteoporosis treatment. A bone density test uses X-rays to measure the amount of minerals in the patient’s bones and determine the presence or extent of osteoporosis. The less dense the bones are, the more likely they are to break. We use DEXA (Dual-Energy X-ray Absorptiometry) or QCT (Quantitative Computed Tomography) to diagnose and monitor osteoporosis as well as the effects of osteoporosis treatment and other conditions that cause bone loss.

We typically provide radiology services in one of the following settings:

 

·

Outsourced: Imaging systems, located in mobile trailers or in fixed facilities, are used to provide services to a hospital or physician practice on a shared-service or full-time basis. Generally, the hospital or clinic contracts with Alliance as the radiology service provider to perform scans of its patients, and that hospital or clinic, instead of a third-party payor, pays the radiology service provider directly.

 

·

Hospitals and physician practices: Imaging and/or radiation oncology systems are located in a hospital, physician practice or clinic. These systems are primarily used to scan patients of the hospital or clinic, and the hospital or clinic bills patients and third-party payors, such as health insurers, including Medicare or Medicaid.

 

·

Independent centers: Systems are located in permanent facilities not generally owned by hospitals or physician practices. These centers depend upon physician referrals for their patients and generally do not maintain dedicated, contractual relationships with hospitals or clinics. Typically these centers are in markets in which strategic hospital partners are not available, but services are still needed. Like hospitals and clinics, these centers bill patients and third-party payors for their services.

Oncology Division

Our oncology services help build, manage and grow oncology service lines for sustained, long-term value. All of our oncology services are provided in a hospital setting or at an independent radiation oncology center. Radiation oncology is the medical practice of delivering radiation therapy under the direction of a trained physician, a radiation oncologist. Radiation oncology uses ionizing radiation to most commonly treat cancer, along with non-malignant conditions. In general, radiation therapy is delivered in daily treatments over a period that varies from a single day (single treatment) to many weeks (40 or more treatments). Ionizing radiation damages a cell's DNA and other vital macromolecules’ that the cell and the body then has to repair. Cancer cells are less able to repair the DNA and macromolecules damage than are normal healthy cells, which usually can repair the damage in the first 4-6 hours after an individual treatment. Over the period during and after the radiation therapy is delivered in one or more daily radiation therapy treatments, the cancer cells are preferentially destroyed while normal cells are able to recover. Eventually, the cancer cells within the irradiated volume are reduced in number and eradicated while the normal surrounding tissue survives: effecting a control of the disease in that treated volume.

We estimate that approximately 60% of all newly diagnosed cancer patients today will be treated with some form of radiation therapy for their cancer therapy throughout their life-time. Radiation therapy often is used together with other oncology treatments such as chemotherapy and surgery. A typical radiation oncology department provides a wide range of services for cancer patients. These include: initial consultation; preparation for treatment; imaging, planning, and simulation for the treatment; delivery of radiation therapy treatments; management of the total course of therapy; and follow-up care. A number of different technologies can deliver the radiation, including Linac, Gamma Knife, CyberKnife and radioactive isotopes - Brachytherapy.

Our oncology division offers the following treatment options:

 

·

Conventional beam therapy (“CBT”): CBT is the least sophisticated, but the most established form of radiation therapy delivered by a linear accelerator. It is the simplest form to deliver, using two-dimensional planning, and is typically reserved for use in patients where high precision and conformality of the radiation therapy is not required or when a remission is not envisioned.

 

·

3-D conformal radiation therapy (“3D-CRT”): 3D-CRT uses three-dimensional imaging data and three-dimensional treatment planning to more accurately and effectively plan and deliver linear accelerator radiation treatments. It is the most common form of technology used in practices and may be supplanted by IMRT or in conjunction with IGRT when the specific case requires a higher level of precision or conformality.

7


 

 

·

Intensity modulated radiation therapy (“IMRT”): IMRT entails the use of hundreds to thousands of beams or beamlets of radiation delivered by a linear accelerator whose intensity is adjusted individually during that actual daily treatment delivery to allow the radiation that is delivered to conform as closely as possible to the three-dimensional volume of the tumor and simultaneously reduce the dose to neighboring normal healthy tissues. It requires extremely sophisticated and time consuming treatment planning to determine what beam’s shapes and orientations should be used and what their intensities should be to provide the optimal patient treatment based on the patient's anatomy of normal tissues and the targeted tumor volume. Extensive treatment quality assurance is required to ensure that all the beams are modulated and delivered correctly. 

 

·

Image guided radiation therapy (“IGRT”): IGRT uses a number of different types of imaging technologies to localize precisely the patient and the tumor target volume at the time of each treatment delivery to ensure that the radiation is delivered to the correct location. IGRT is not a radiation treatment in and of itself; it is used in support of advanced forms of treatment delivery such as 3D-CRT, IMRT, stereotactic body radiotherapy and stereotactic radiosurgery.

 

·

Stereotactic radiosurgery (“SRS”) and stereotactic body radiotherapy (“SBRT”): SRS was originally developed for intracranial applications. The technology is now being used in a range of extracranial applications such as spine, lung, prostate and other disease sites in the form of SRBT. SRS and SBRT deliver a very high dose of radiation in one to five treatments as opposed to the 10 to 40 treatments used for 3D-CRT, IMRT and IGRT. SRS and SBRT need to be as precisely planned for and delivered as possible because a very high dose of radiation therapy is delivered in a few treatments and results in a more potent dose effect that destroys all cells, cancer and normal alike, that reside within the targeted volume; this results in a “surgical ablative” response to the treated volume. SRS/SBRT is delivered with a range of advanced technologies such as the CyberKnife®, Gamma Knife®, BrainLab, Novalis-Tx, TrueBeam STx, Trilogy, VERO, TomoTherapy®, Elekta Infinity and Axesse.

 

·

Low dose rate brachytherapy (“LDR”): LDR allows the radiation oncologist to treat cancer by delivering the dose of radiation from the “inside out.” Radioactive isotopes encased in a metal jacket the size of a grain of rice (“seeds”) are implanted directly in the tumor through needles, with the seeds permanently left in place, or left in place temporarily within catheters (thin hollow tubes) and removed with the catheters when treatment is completed. The radioactive isotopes decay over time (days to years) to an inert form and in the process gradually release ionizing radiation, called gamma rays, which are generally of low energy and thus deposit their therapy over short distances thereby treating the cancer over time (hours to days).

 

·

High dose rate brachytherapy (“HDR”): Like LDR, HDR allows the radiation oncologist to treat cancer by delivering the dose of radiation from the “inside out.” HDR utilizes temporary seeds, made of radioactive isotopes that deliver a much higher dose of radiation over a much shorter period of time. These seeds are inserted and removed several times, over several minutes, one to two times per day, for one to 30 treatments delivered over one to 45 days, through catheters that are left in place for the entire course of care and then removed when the treatment course is completed.

Interventional Services Division

We provide minimally invasive interventional healthcare and comprehensive pain management services for a wide range of conditions and diseases. Minimally invasive procedures often result in less trauma and pain with faster recovery and less cost to payors and patients. We use best-in-class treatment protocols and clinical excellence standards. For hospital systems and providers looking to improve their competitive position and expand their continuum of care, we provide comprehensive and scalable solutions to build, manage and optimize interventional healthcare programs.

Our interventional services division offers therapeutic minimally invasive pain management procedures and services, such as epidural steroid injections, discectomy, vertebroplasty, kyphoplasty, neuro stimulators, nerve blocks and other procedures that provide intermediary care. As part of the continuum of pain care, we also include clinical management, pharmaceutical referral, functional restoration and other treatments that assist chronic and acute pain care. All of our interventional services are delivered in an outpatient physician practice or at an ambulatory surgery center (“ASC”).

Based on 2012 Part B Medicare Revenue, industry trends are indicating highest value interventional radiology procedures are migrating from hospitals to ASCs.  Persons over the age of 65 comprise one of the fastest growing segments of the population in the United States. According to the United States Census Bureau, this group is expected to increase as much as 33% from 2010 to 2020. We believe the aging population will generate more demand for interventional radiology and pain management procedures.

8


 

Our Competitive Strengths

Deep long-standing relationships with hospitals and healthcare providers

We have relationships with more than 1,000 hospitals and healthcare providers in 45 states throughout the nation. This national footprint enables us to leverage our position as a trusted partner to healthcare providers to expand our services beyond radiology, oncology and interventional services, transforming us into an indispensable outsourced service partner to our clients.

Experienced management team

Our senior management team consists of professionals with extensive and diverse experience within the hospital and healthcare services industry, including six senior executive officers who average approximately 25 years of industry experience.

A leading national provider of shared-service and fixed-site MRI and PET/CT services

We are a leading national provider of shared-service and fixed-site MRI and PET/CT services, based on annual revenue and number of diagnostic imaging systems deployed. As of December 31, 2015, we had 276 MRI systems and 121 PET/CT systems in operation. Our size allows us to achieve operating, sourcing and administrative efficiencies, including (i) the ability to maximize utilization through efficient deployment of our mobile systems and (ii) equipment and medical supply sourcing savings and favorable maintenance contracts from equipment manufacturers and other suppliers.

Exclusive, long-term contracts with a diverse client base

We primarily generate revenues from exclusive, long-term contracts with hospitals and other healthcare providers. These contracts average approximately three years in length for mobile services, approximately five to 10 years in length for fixed-site imaging center arrangements, and approximately 10 to 20 years in length for radiation oncology contracts. During the year ended December 31, 2015, no single client accounted for more than 10% of our revenue.

Comprehensive radiology, interventional healthcare and radiation oncology solutions

We offer our clients comprehensive radiology, interventional healthcare and radiation oncology solutions, as well as ancillary services, such as marketing support, quality patient care programs, education, training, scheduling, billing and cost optimization management. In many cases, we provide services under our regulatory and licensing approvals for clients who lack that authority. We believe that a comprehensive service solution is an important factor when potential clients select a radiology, radiation oncology or interventional healthcare services provider.

Reduced reimbursement risk

For the year ended December 31, 2015, we generated approximately 77% of our revenues by billing hospitals and other healthcare providers rather than billing patients or other third-party payors directly. These payments are due to us regardless of the clients’ receipt of payment from patients or reimbursement from third-party payors, including commercial payors, Medicare and Medicaid. Importantly, this contrasts with the vast majority of other diagnostic imaging and radiation oncology providers, who typically collect directly from patients and third-party payors and are, therefore, directly exposed to reimbursement cuts and higher experiences of bad debt. Our wholesale model reduces our exposure to patient bad debt, as evidenced by our bad debt expense of only 0.6% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2015. Further, our short-term exposure to Medicare reimbursement cuts is limited because we received only approximately 4% of our radiology and oncology revenues directly from Medicare for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Significant cash flow generation

We have generated significant cash flows and have maintained attractive earnings from revenue less cost of revenue (excluding depreciation and amortization) and selling, general and administrative expenses over a sustained period of time. We attribute our strong cash flows and margins to: (1) comprehensive radiology and radiation oncology solutions, (2) the substantial value proposition for customers, (3) the strength of our customer relationships, (4) the largely wholesale nature of our revenues and (5) our economies of scale.

9


 

Our Strategy

We are committed to executing on these critical elements of our strategic growth plan in our key service areas including radiology, oncology and interventional healthcare services to drive our long-term growth and continued success:

 

·

Grow with our current hospital and physician customers. We intend to grow with our current hospital and physician customers by leveraging our sales force to understand and act strategically based on current market environments. This enables us to add value for our customers and grow through business intelligence.

 

·

Increase volumes at our sites. We will continue to expand and deepen physician relationships and increase service offerings. 

 

·

Leverage existing partnerships. By leveraging existing partnerships, we will drive new growth and explore new strategic partnerships and opportunities.

 

·

Continually refine the value proposition. We plan to reinforce our value proposition within each line of business in setting the bar for world-class clinical care delivery.

 

·

Implement smart data strategies.  We plan to implement smart data strategies to demonstrate clinical outcomes and evaluate how we collect and use data in connection with our hospital partners, patients, payors and other key stakeholders.

 

·

Continue to drive an accountable, performance-based culture. This enables us to deliver efficient, low-cost solutions to our customers and capture market share through operational excellence and effective sales and marketing programs.

Contracts and Payment

Our typical radiology contract is exclusive, averages approximately three years in length for mobile services and approximately five to 10 years in length for fixed-site imaging center arrangements, and often includes an automatic renewal provision. Most of our contracts require a fee for each scan we perform. With other contracts, we bill clients on a fixed-fee basis for a period of time, regardless of the number of scans performed. These fee levels are affected primarily by the type of imaging system provided, scan volume and the number of ancillary services provided. Our typical oncology contract is exclusive, averages approximately 10 to 20 years in length and often includes an automatic renewal provision. We leverage our national footprint and enter into payor contracts on behalf of our joint ventures, wholly owned subsidiaries and interventional healthcare services partners with the objective to gain favorable payor status and reimbursement.  

Segments and Regional Structure

The strategic organization of our business is divided into three divisions: radiology, oncology and interventional healthcare services. For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, there were no revenues derived from business outside the United States. We will continue to focus on growth opportunities in the U.S., and will also explore international market prospects. We operate each of our radiology, oncology and interventional healthcare services divisions as separate profit centers responsible for their own revenues, expenses and overhead, and we manage them on a national basis. For the purposes of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 280, “Segment Reporting,” we have two reportable segments, Radiology and Oncology, based on similar economic and other characteristics. See Note 17 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for financial information about our segments. We have regional managers to oversee local markets throughout the U.S. We believe we will continue to benefit from our regional managers’ local presence and knowledge of the markets we serve, which allows us to address the specific needs of each local operating environment. To complement and support this regional structure, we continue to have standardized contracts, operating policies and other procedures that we implement nationwide in an effort to ensure quality, consistency and efficiency across all regions.

Systems, Management and Maintenance

We purchase our radiology and radiation oncology systems from major medical equipment manufacturers, primarily General Electric Medical Systems, Siemens Medical Systems, Philips Medical Systems, Varian Medical Systems, Elekta and Accuray, Inc. Generally, we contract with clients for new or expanded services before we order new systems. This practice reduces our system utilization risk. As one of the largest commercial purchasers of MRI, PET/CT and SRS systems in the United States, we believe we receive relatively attractive pricing for equipment and service contracts from these equipment manufacturers.

For our mobile radiology systems, we actively manage deployment to increase their utilization while optimizing routes through coordinated transportation. Our current fleet includes 138 power units, which are large trucks that pull the trailers that house and transport our mobile systems. We examine client requirements, route patterns, travel times, fuel costs and system availability in our deployment process. We currently schedule our shared-service MRI and PET/CT systems for as little as one-half day and up to seven

10


 

days per week at any particular client, with an average usage of 1.5 days per week per client. Drivers typically move the systems at night and activate them upon arrival at each client location so that the systems are operational when our technologists arrive.

For our fixed site radiology, oncology and interventional healthcare systems, we actively manage the equipment, associated warranties and service contracts.

Timely and effective maintenance is essential for achieving high utilization rates of our systems. Typically, we contract with the original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) for comprehensive maintenance programs on our systems to minimize the period of time the equipment is unavailable. System repair typically takes less than one day but could take longer, depending upon the nature of the repair. During the warranty period and maintenance contract term, we receive guarantees related to equipment operation and availability.

Information Technology

Our corporate headquarters and many of our facilities are interconnected through a state-of-the-art information technology system. This medical-grade system, which is compliant with the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, is comprised of a number of integrated applications and provides a single operating platform for billing and collections, electronic medical records, practice management and image management. This technology also supports our strategy as an outsourced service provider, thereby creating additional value for the customer from each of our service lines.

Sales and Marketing

Our sales and marketing teams are positioned under national leadership within each division. As of December 31, 2015, our national sales, including business development and field marketing teams, consisted of 91 members who focus on the following:

 

 

·

Seeking new customers;

 

·

Managing current customers, growing and upselling within each account; consulting with new hospital clients; supporting our current customers to continue our current relationships and helping to identify new opportunities to expand their business with us;

 

·

Improving same-store growth (referring physician sales) within current customer accounts with the goal of increasing the number of scans or healthcare services at that account.

 

Competition

We consider our primary competition to be outpatient radiology service providers, radiation oncology service providers, and interventional healthcare and comprehensive pain management service providers. The markets for these services are competitive and widespread throughout the United States. We believe that the key competitive factors affecting our business include:

 

·

the quality and reliability of service;

 

·

the quality and type of equipment available;

 

·

the availability of types of radiology, radiation oncology and ancillary services;

 

·

the availability of locations and flexibility of scheduling;

 

·

pricing;

 

·

the knowledge and service quality of technologists;

 

·

the ability to obtain regulatory approvals;

 

·

the ability to establish and maintain relationships with healthcare providers and referring physicians; and

 

·

access to capital.

We are, and expect to continue to be, subject to competition in our targeted markets from businesses offering radiology, oncology and interventional healthcare services, including existing and developing technologies. Many companies are engaged in the shared-service and fixed-site imaging market, including two national competitors and many smaller regional competitors. These competitors include RadNet, Inc., Center for Diagnostic Imaging (purchased by InSight Health Services Corp.), Diagnostic Imaging Group, American Radiology Services and several smaller regional competitors, including Medquest, Inc., Shared Medical Services,

11


 

Kings Medical Company Inc. and DMS Health Group. We also face competitors in the radiation oncology market, including Radiation Therapy Services, Inc., Vantage Oncology, Inc., US Oncology, Inc. (a subsidiary of McKesson Corporation) and many other smaller regional competitors.  Our competitors for interventional healthcare services are primarily smaller, regional-based physician-owned practices.  Some of our competitors may now or in the future have access to greater resources than we do. In addition, some physician practices have established their own diagnostic imaging facilities within their group practices to compete with us.

In addition to direct competition from other radiology and oncology providers, independent imaging centers and referring physicians with diagnostic imaging systems in their own offices, we compete with OEMs that aggressively sell or lease imaging systems to healthcare providers for full-time installation. In recent years, we have seen an increase in direct sales by OEMs of systems to some of our clients. OEMs typically target our higher scan volume clients. These sales efforts by OEMs have resulted in an overcapacity of systems in the marketplace, especially for medical groups that add imaging capacity within their practice settings. This situation has caused an increase in the number of our higher scan volume clients declining renewal of their contracts. We typically replace these higher volume scan clients with lower volume clients.

In all of our businesses, we may also experience greater competition in states that currently have certificate-of-need (“CON”) laws if those laws are repealed, thereby reducing barriers to entry in those states.

Employees

As of December 31, 2015, we had approximately 2,430 employees, of whom 1,329 were trained diagnostic imaging technologists, therapists, medical doctors and assistants, nurses and nurse practitioners, patient coordinators and other clinical and technical support staff or drivers. In addition, we use independent contractor drivers for some long-haul and rural routes. We believe we have good relationships with our employees.

Seasonality

We experience seasonality in the revenues and margins generated for our services. First and fourth quarter revenues are typically lower than those from the second and third quarters. First quarter revenues are affected primarily by inclement weather, typically resulting in fewer patients being scanned or treated during the period. Fourth quarter revenues are affected by holiday and client and patient vacation schedules, resulting in fewer scans or treatments during the period.

Regulation

Our business is subject to extensive federal and state government regulation. This includes the federal Anti-Kickback Law and similar state anti-kickback laws, the Stark Law and similar state laws affecting physician referrals, the federal False Claims Act, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, or HITECH Act, and similar state laws addressing privacy and security, state unlawful practice of medicine and fee splitting laws and state CON laws. Although we believe that our operations materially comply with the laws governing our industry, it is possible that non-compliance with existing laws or the adoption of new laws or interpretations of existing laws could adversely affect our financial performance.

Fraud and Abuse Laws; Physician Referral Prohibitions

The healthcare industry is subject to extensive federal and state regulation relating to licensure, conduct of operations, ownership of facilities, addition of facilities and services and payment for services.

In particular, the federal Anti-Kickback Law prohibits persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, to induce either the referral of an individual, or the furnishing, recommending, or arranging for a good or service, for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. The definition of “remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value, including for example gifts, discounts, the furnishing of supplies or equipment, credit arrangements, payments of cash, waivers of payments, ownership interests, and providing anything at less than its fair market value. In addition, there is no one generally accepted definition of intent for purposes of finding a violation of the Anti-Kickback Law. For instance, one court has stated that an arrangement will violate the Anti-Kickback Law where any party has the intent to unlawfully induce referrals. In contrast, another court has opined that a party must engage in the proscribed conduct with the specific intent to disobey the law to be found in violation of the Anti-Kickback Law. The lack of uniform interpretation of the Anti-Kickback Law makes compliance with the law difficult. Moreover, recent health care reform legislation has strengthened these laws. For example, the  Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act (collectively, the “PPACA”), among other things, amends the intent

12


 

requirement of the federal anti-kickback and criminal health care fraud statutes; a person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of these statutes or specific intent to violate them. In addition, the PPACA provides that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal anti-kickback statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the false claims statutes. The penalties for violating the Anti-Kickback Law can be severe. These sanctions include criminal penalties and civil sanctions, including fines, imprisonment and possible exclusion from the Medicare and Medicaid programs.

The Anti-Kickback Law is broad, and it prohibits many arrangements and practices that are lawful in businesses outside of the healthcare industry. Recognizing that the Anti-Kickback Law is broad and may technically prohibit many innocuous or beneficial arrangements within the healthcare industry, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“DHHS”), issued regulations in July 1991, which the DHHS has referred to as “safe harbors.” These safe harbor regulations set forth certain provisions that, if met in form and substance, will assure healthcare providers and other parties that they will not be prosecuted under the federal Anti-Kickback Law. Additional safe harbor provisions providing similar protections have been published intermittently since 1991. Our arrangements with physicians, physician practice groups, hospitals and other persons or entities who are in a position to refer may not fully meet the stringent criteria specified in the various safe harbors. Although full compliance with these provisions ensures against prosecution under the federal Anti-Kickback Law, the failure of a transaction or arrangement to fit within a specific safe harbor does not necessarily mean that the transaction or arrangement is illegal or that prosecution under the federal Anti-Kickback Law will be pursued. In addition, the Office of Inspector General of the DHHS (“OIG”), issued a Special Advisory Bulletin on Contractual Joint Ventures in April 2003. The OIG Bulletin stated the DHHS's concerns regarding the legality of certain joint contractual arrangements between providers and suppliers of health care items or services. The OIG Bulletin identified characteristics of arrangements the OIG may consider suspect, and focused on arrangements in which a healthcare provider expands into a related service, through a joint contractual arrangement with an existing supplier of the related service, to service the healthcare provider's existing patient population. The OIG noted that such arrangements may be suspect when the provider contracts out all or nearly all aspects of the new venture, including the management, to the existing supplier, and provides only an existing patient base. In the OIG Bulletin, the OIG asserted that the provider's return on its investment in such circumstances may be viewed as remuneration for the referral of the provider's federal health care program patients to the supplier, and thus may violate the Anti-Kickback Law.

Although some of our arrangements may not fall within a safe harbor, we believe that such business arrangements do not violate the Anti-Kickback Law because we are careful to structure them to reflect fair market value and ensure that the reasons underlying our decision to enter into a business arrangement comport with reasonable interpretations of the Anti-Kickback Law. Even though we continuously strive to comply with the requirements of the Anti-Kickback Law, liability under the Anti-Kickback Law may still arise because of the intentions or actions of the parties with whom we do business. In addition, we may have Anti-Kickback Law liability based on arrangements established by the entities we have acquired if any of those arrangements involved an intention or actions to exchange remuneration for referrals covered by the Anti-Kickback Law. While we are not aware of any such intentions or actions, we have only limited knowledge regarding the intentions or actions underlying those arrangements. Conduct and business arrangements that do not fully satisfy one of these safe harbor provisions may result in increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities such as the OIG.

Many states have adopted laws similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Law. Some of these state prohibitions apply to referral of patients for healthcare services reimbursed by any source, not only the Medicare and Medicaid programs. Although we believe that we comply with both federal and state anti-kickback laws, any finding of a violation of these laws could subject us to criminal and civil penalties or possible exclusion from federal or state healthcare programs. Such penalties would adversely affect our financial performance and our ability to operate our business.

In addition, the Ethics in Patient Referral Act of 1989, commonly referred to as the federal physician self-referral prohibition or Stark Law, prohibits physician referrals of Medicare and Medicaid patients for certain designated health services (including MRI and other diagnostic imaging services) to an entity if the physician or an immediate family member has any financial arrangement with the entity and no statutory or regulatory exception applies. The Stark Law also prohibits the entity from billing for any such prohibited referral. Initially, the Stark Law applied only to clinical laboratory services and regulations applicable to clinical laboratory services were issued in 1995. Earlier that same year, the Stark Law's self-referral prohibition expanded to additional goods and services, including MRI and other imaging services. In 1998, CMS (formerly known as the Health Care Financing Administration), published proposed rules for the remaining designated health services, including MRI and other imaging services, and in January 2001, CMS published the first phase of the final rule covering the designated health services. Phase one of the final rule became effective on January 4, 2002, except for a provision relating to certain physician payment arrangements, which became effective July 26, 2004. CMS released phase two of the Stark Law final rule as a final rule which became effective on July 26, 2004. On September 5, 2007, CMS released phase three of the Stark Law final rule which became effective on December 4, 2007. Finally, on August 19, 2008, CMS finalized additional changes to the Stark Law, which became effective on October 1, 2009.

13


 

A person who engages in a scheme to circumvent the Stark Law's referral prohibition may be fined for each such arrangement or scheme. In addition, any person who presents or causes to be presented a claim to the Medicare or Medicaid program in violation of the Stark Law is subject to civil monetary penalties per bill submission, an assessment of up to three times the amount claimed, and possible exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs. Bills submitted in violation of the Stark Law may not be paid by Medicare or Medicaid, and any person collecting any amounts with respect to any such prohibited bill is obligated to refund such amounts.

Several states in which we operate have enacted or are considering legislation that prohibits physician self-referral arrangements or requires physicians to disclose any financial interest they may have with a healthcare provider to their patients when referring patients to that provider. Possible sanctions for violating these state law physician self-referral and disclosure requirements include loss of license and civil and criminal sanctions. State laws vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction and have been interpreted by the courts or regulatory agencies infrequently.

We believe our operations comply with these federal and state physician self-referral prohibition laws. We do not believe we have established any arrangements or schemes involving any service of ours which would violate the Stark Law or the prohibition against schemes designed to circumvent the Stark Law, or any similar state law prohibitions. Because we have financial arrangements with physicians and possibly their immediate family members, and because we may not be aware of all the financial arrangements such physicians and their immediate family members may have with entities to which they refer patients, we rely on physicians and their immediate family members to avoid making prohibited referrals to us in violation of the Stark Law and similar state laws. If we receive a prohibited referral which is not permitted under an exception to the Stark Law and applicable state law, our submission of a bill for the referral could subject us to sanctions under the Stark Law and applicable state law. Any sanctions imposed on us under the Stark Law or any similar state laws could adversely affect our financial results and our ability to operate our business.

The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”), created federal statutes to prevent healthcare fraud and false statements relating to healthcare matters. The healthcare fraud statute prohibits knowingly and willfully executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private payors. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines, imprisonment or exclusion from government sponsored programs such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. The false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines or imprisonment or exclusion from government sponsored programs.

Both federal and state government agencies are continuing heightened and coordinated civil and criminal enforcement efforts. As part of announced enforcement agency work plans, the federal government will continue to scrutinize, among other things, the billing practices of hospitals and other providers of healthcare services. For instance, as enacted by Congress on January 1, 2013, the American Taxpayor Relief Act of 2012 (“ATRA”), increases the amount of time DHHS may use to recover Medicare overpayments to providers from three to five years. The federal government also has increased funding to fight healthcare fraud, and it is coordinating its enforcement efforts among various agencies, such as the U.S. Department of Justice (“DOJ”), the OIG, and state Medicaid fraud control units. Moreover, we expect there will continue to be federal and state laws and/or regulations, proposed and implemented, that could impact our operations and business. The extent to which future legislation or regulations, if any, relating to health care fraud abuse laws and/or enforcement, may be enacted or what effect such legislation or regulation would have on our business remains uncertain. We believe that the healthcare industry will continue to be subject to increased government scrutiny and investigations.

Federal False Claims Act

Another trend affecting the healthcare industry is the increased use of the federal False Claims Act and, in particular, actions under the False Claims Act's “whistleblower” provisions. Those provisions allow a private individual to bring actions on behalf of the government alleging that the defendant has defrauded the federal government. After the individual has initiated the lawsuit, the government must decide whether to intervene in the lawsuit and to become the primary prosecutor. If the government declines to join the lawsuit, then the individual may choose to pursue the case alone, in which case the individual's counsel will have primary control over the prosecution, although the government must be kept apprised of the progress of the lawsuit. Whether or not the federal government intervenes in the case, it will receive the majority of any recovery. If the litigation is successful, the individual is entitled to no less than 15%, but no more than 30%, of whatever amount the government recovers. The percentage of the individual's recovery varies, depending on whether the government intervened in the case and other factors. Recently, the number of suits brought against healthcare providers by private individuals has increased dramatically. In addition, various states are considering or have enacted laws modeled after the federal False Claims Act. Under the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005 (“DRA”), states are being encouraged to adopt false claims acts similar to the federal False Claims Act, which establish liability for submission of fraudulent claims to the State Medicaid program and contain whistleblower provisions. Even in instances when a whistleblower action is dismissed with no judgment or settlement, we may incur substantial legal fees and other costs relating to an investigation. Future actions under the False

14


 

Claims Act may result in significant fines and legal fees, which would adversely affect our financial performance and our ability to operate our business.

When an entity is determined to have violated the federal False Claims Act, it may be liable for damages and civil penalties. Liability arises, primarily, when an entity knowingly submits a false claim for reimbursement to the federal government. Simple negligence should not give rise to liability, but submitting a claim with reckless disregard of its truth or falsity could result in substantial civil liability.

Although simple negligence should not give rise to liability, the government or a whistleblower may attempt and could succeed in imposing liability on us for a variety of previous or current failures, including for example:

 

·

Failure to comply with the many technical billing requirements applicable to our Medicare and Medicaid business.

 

·

Failure to comply with Medicare requirements concerning the circumstances in which a hospital, rather than we, must bill Medicare for diagnostic imaging services we provide to outpatients treated by the hospital.

 

·

Failure of our hospital clients to accurately identify and report our reimbursable and allowable services to Medicare.

 

·

Failure to comply with the Anti-Kickback Law or Stark Law.

 

·

Failure to comply with the prohibition against billing for services ordered or supervised by a physician who is excluded from any federal healthcare programs, or the prohibition against employing or contracting with any person or entity excluded from any federal healthcare programs.

 

·

Failure to comply with the Medicare physician supervision requirements for the services we provide, or the Medicare documentation requirements concerning such physician supervision.

 

·

The past conduct of the companies we have acquired.

On May 20, 2009, President Obama signed into law the Fraud Enforcement and Recovery Act of 2009 (“FERA”), which greatly expanded the types of entities and conduct subject to the False Claims Act. Further, the PPACA requires Medicare providers, suppliers, and other entities to report and return any overpayment of Medicare or Medicaid funds within 60 days of identifying the overpayment or face potential False Claims Act liability. On February 12, 2016, CMS published a final rule that adopts new regulations related to the 60-day reporting requirement, which are effective March 14, 2016. The regulations require Medicare providers and suppliers to exercise reasonable diligence to determine whether an overpayment was received, and within 60 days of that determination, report and return any overpayments identified within 6 years of the date the overpayment was received. Failure to report and return such overpayments within 60 days may subject the provider or supplier to False Claims Act liability, with penalties ranging from $5,500 to $11,000 per false claim, plus treble damages, and may provide the basis for exclusion from federal healthcare programs. We strive to ensure that we meet applicable billing requirements. However, the costs of defending claims under the False Claims Act, as well as sanctions imposed under the Act, could significantly affect our financial performance.

Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996

In addition to creating the new federal statutes discussed above, HIPAA, as amended by the HITECH Act and updated by the January 2013 Omnibus Rule, also establishes uniform standards governing the conduct of certain electronic health care transactions and protecting the security and privacy of individually identifiable health information maintained or transmitted by certain covered entities, including health care providers, health plans and health care clearinghouses. HITECH and the Omnibus Final Rule significantly expanded HIPAA's privacy and security requirements. Among other things, HITECH and the Omnibus Final Rule make HIPAA's privacy and security standards directly applicable to "business associates," which are independent contractors or agents of covered entities that create, receive, maintain, or transmit protected health information (“PHI”) in connection with providing a service for or on behalf of a covered entity. As a covered entity, we must comply with the Standards for Privacy of Individually Identifiable Health Information, which restrict our use and disclosure of certain individually identifiable health information. We have been required to comply with the Privacy Standards since April 14, 2003. We must also comply with the Standards for Electronic Transactions, which establish standards for common healthcare transactions, such as claims information, plan eligibility, payment information and the use of electronic signatures. We have been required to comply with these standards since October 16, 2003. We must also comply with the Security Standards, which require us to implement security measures to protect the security and integrity of certain electronic health information. We have been required to comply with these standards since April 21, 2005. One other standard relevant to our use of medical information has been promulgated under HIPAA: CMS has published a final rule, which required us to adopt Unique Health Identifiers for use in filing and processing health care claims and other transactions by May 23, 2007. The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, commonly referred to as the economic stimulus package signed into law on February 17, 2009, included the HITECH Act, which dramatically expanded, among other things: (1) the scope of HIPAA to apply directly to “business associates,” or independent contractors who receive or obtain PHI in connection with providing a service to the

15


 

covered entity; (2) substantive security and privacy obligations, including new federal security breach notification requirements to affected individuals and DHHS and potentially media outlets, of breaches of unsecured PHI; (3) restrictions on marketing communications and a prohibition on covered entities or business associates from receiving remuneration in exchange for PHI; and (4) the civil and criminal penalties that may be imposed for HIPAA violations, increasing the annual cap in penalties from $25,000 to $1.5 million per year. We believe that we are in compliance with all of the applicable HIPAA and HITECH standards, rules and regulations. If we fail to comply with these standards, we could be subject to criminal penalties and civil sanctions.

In addition to federal regulations issued under HIPAA, some states have enacted privacy and security statutes or regulations that, in some cases, are more stringent than those issued under HIPAA, including the laws of the state of California. In those cases it may be necessary to modify our operations and procedures to comply with the more stringent state laws, which may entail significant and costly changes for us. Similarly, it is possible that private plaintiffs may bring state tort law claims alleging that HIPAA establishes the standard for duty of care. We believe that we are in compliance with such state laws and regulations. However, if we fail to comply with applicable state laws and regulations, we could be subject to additional sanctions.

Unlawful Practice of Medicine and Fee Splitting

The marketing and operation of our business is subject to some states' laws prohibiting the practice of medicine by non-physicians. We believe that our radiology operations do not involve the practice of medicine because all professional medical services relating to our radiology operations, including the interpretation of scans and related diagnoses, are separately provided by licensed physicians not employed by us. Some states also have laws that prohibit any fee-splitting arrangement between a physician and a referring person or entity that would provide for remuneration paid to the referral source on the basis of revenues generated from referrals by the referral source. We believe that our operations do not violate these state laws with respect to fee splitting.

Certificate-of-Need Laws

In some states, a CON or similar regulatory approval is required before the acquisition of high-cost capital items, including diagnostic imaging or radiation oncology systems or provision of diagnostic imaging or radiation oncology services by us or our clients. CON regulations may limit or preclude us from providing diagnostic imaging or radiation oncology services or systems. Revenue from states with CON regulations represented a substantial portion of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2015.

CON laws were enacted to contain rising healthcare costs, prevent the unnecessary duplication of health resources, and increase patient access for health services. In practice, CON laws have prevented hospitals and other providers who have been unable to obtain a CON from acquiring new machines or offering new services. Our current contracts will remain in effect even if the CON states in which we operate modify their programs. However, a significant increase in the number of states regulating our business through CON or similar programs could adversely affect us. Conversely, repeal of existing CON regulations or defunding of CON programs in jurisdictions where we have obtained a CON, or CON exemption, also could adversely affect us by allowing competitors to enter our markets. CON laws are the subject of continuing legislative activity.

Reimbursement

We derive most of our revenues directly from healthcare providers, primarily from acute care hospitals, with whom we contract to provide services to their patients. We generated approximately 77% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2015, by providing services to hospitals and other healthcare providers (“wholesale”). Some of our revenues come from third-party payors, including government programs such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs that we bill directly. In the year ended December 31, 2015, we derived 20% of our revenues from direct billings to patients and their third-party payors (“retail”). Services for which we submit direct billings for Medicare and Medicaid patients are paid on a fee schedule basis, and patients are responsible for deductibles and coinsurance.

With respect to our retail business, for services for which we bill Medicare directly, we are paid under the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule, which is updated on an annual basis. Under the prior Medicare statutory formula known as the Sustainable Growth Rate (“SGR”) formula, payments under the Physician Fee Schedule would have decreased for the past several years if Congress had failed to intervene. In the past, when the application of the statutory formula would have resulted in lower payment, Congress passed interim legislation to prevent the reductions. For instance, for 2014, CMS estimated that the statutory formula would result in a 20.1% reduction in physician payment rates if Congress failed to intervene. On December 26, 2013, President Obama signed into law the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2013 (“2013 Budget Act”), which replaced the payment reduction scheduled to take effect on January 1, 2014, with a 0.5% increase in physician payment rates for the period beginning January 1, 2014 and ending on March 31, 2014. On April 1, 2014, the physician payment rates enacted under the 2013 Budget Act were extended through December 31, 2014, and a 0%

16


 

update from 2014 payment rates was enacted for the period beginning January 1, 2015 and ending on March 31, 2015, under the Protecting Access to Medicare Act of 2014 (“PAMA”).

President Obama signed the Medicare Access and CHIP Reauthorization Act of 2015 (“MACRA”) on April 16, 2015, which repealed and replaced the SGR formula for Medicare payment adjustments to physicians. MACRA provides a solution to the annual interim legislative updates that had previously been necessary to delay or prevent significant reductions to payments under the Physician Fee Schedule. MACRA extended existing payment rates under PAMA through June 30, 2015, with a 0.5% update for July 1, 2015, through December 31, 2015, and for each calendar year through 2019, after which there will be a 0% annual update each year through 2025. In addition, MACRA requires the establishment of the Merit-Based Incentive Payment System (“MIPS”), beginning in 2019, under which physicians may receive performance-based payment incentives or payment reductions based on their performance with respect to clinical quality, resource use, clinical improvement activities, and meaningful use of electronic health records. MACRA also requires CMS, beginning in 2019, to provide incentive payments for physicians and other eligible professionals that participate in alternative payment models, such as accountable care organizations, that emphasize quality and value over the traditional volume-based fee-for-service model. MACRA is still new and the manner in which it will be implemented is not certain, but at this time, we do not believe that this law will have a material effect on our future retail revenues.

Also with respect to our retail business, for services furnished on or after July 1, 2010, CMS began implementing a 50% reduction in reimbursement for multiple images on contiguous body parts, as mandated by the PPACA. Beginning January 1, 2011, CMS applied the same reduction to certain CT and CT angiography (“CTA”), MRI and MR angiography (“MRA”), and ultrasound services furnished to the same patient in the same session, regardless of the imaging modality, and not limited to contiguous body areas. CMS projected that this expanded policy would reduce payment for 20% more services than the prior multiple procedure payment reduction policy, and would primarily reduce payments for radiology services and to freestanding diagnostic imaging centers, such as our retail business. For 2012, CMS extended this policy to the physician reviews of these imaging services by implementing a 25% multiple procedure reduction to the professional payments to the specialties of radiology and interventional radiology. In addition, beginning in 2013, CMS expanded the 25% multiple-procedure reduction policy to certain other nuclear medicine and cardiovascular diagnostic procedures. At this time, we do not believe that these multiple procedure payment reductions will have a material effect on our future retail revenues.

Other recent legislative and regulatory updates to the Physician Fee Schedule included reduced payment rates for certain diagnostic services using equipment costing more than $1 million through revisions to usage assumptions from the previous 50% usage rate to a 90% usage rate. This change began in 2010 with a planned four-year phase-in period for MRI and CT scans, but not for radiation therapy and other therapeutic equipment. The PPACA superseded CMS's assumed usage rate for such equipment and, beginning on January 1, 2011, CMS instituted a 75% usage rate. Also in 2011, CMS expanded the list of services to which the higher equipment usage rate assumption applies to include certain diagnostic CTA and MRA procedures using similar CT and MRI scanners that cost more than $1 million. Through enactment of the ATRA, Congress increased the usage rate assumption from 75% to 90% for fee schedules to be developed for 2014 and subsequent years. In the final Physician Fee Schedule for 2016, CMS increased the usage rate assumption for linear accelerators used in many radiation oncology treatments from 50% to 70%, which will be phased in over a two-year period. We currently estimate that neither the usage assumptions for MRI and CT scans under the ATRA, nor the changes to the linear accelerator usage rate assumption adopted in the final Physician Fee Schedule for 2016, will have a material adverse effect on our future retail revenues.

Effective January 1, 2011, CMS made further adjustments to the Physician Fee Schedule so that specialties that have a higher proportion of the payment rate attributable to operating expenses such as equipment and supplies, which include radiation oncology, will experience an increase in aggregate payments. In addition, as a result of adjustments to codes identified to be misvalued, radiation oncology specialties and suppliers providing the technical component of diagnostic tests are among the entities that will experience decreases in aggregate payment. Some of these changes are being transitioned over time; for 2013, CMS estimated aggregate payment reductions of 7% in radiation oncology, 3% in radiology, 3% in nuclear medicine, 7% for suppliers providing the technical component of diagnostic tests and 9% for radiation therapy centers. A portion of the payment reduction to radiation oncology and radiation therapy centers stemmed from revisions to the operating expenses and procedure time allotted to perform IMRT and SBRT. CMS is also undertaking a review of procedure times allotted to other radiation oncology treatments. At this time, we do not believe that these regulatory changes will have a material effect on our future retail revenues.

In the Physician Fee Schedule for 2014, CMS made additional revisions to the formula it uses to account for physician time and practice expenses when calculating updates to the Physician Fee Schedule. CMS's revisions include changes to the Medicare Economic Index formula, which have the effect of redistributing some practice expense payment to the physician time component. This policy change, combined with the 90% usage rate assumption described above and various other adjustments for the 2014 Physician Fee Schedule, were projected to result in an aggregate payment increase of 1% in radiation oncology; no change to payments for nuclear medicine; and aggregate payment reductions of 2% in radiology, 11% for suppliers providing the technical component of diagnostic tests, and 1% for radiation therapy centers. In the Physician Fee Schedule for 2015, CMS adopted changes to

17


 

payment policies that are projected to result in an aggregate payment increase of 1% for radiation therapy centers; no aggregate payment change for providers of nuclear medicine; and aggregate payment reductions of 1% in radiology, and 2% for suppliers providing the technical component of diagnostic tests.  In the final 2016 Physician Fee Schedule, CMS adopted changes to payment policies that are projected to result in no aggregate payment change in radiology and for suppliers providing the technical component of diagnostic tests, as well as aggregate payment reductions of 1% for radiation therapy centers; 1% for nuclear medicine; and 2% for radiation oncology. At this time, we do not believe that the final regulatory changes for 2015 or 2016 will have a material effect on our retail revenues.

In addition to annual updates to the Physician Fee Schedule, as indicated above, CMS also publishes regulatory changes to the hospital outpatient prospective payment system (“HOPPS”) on an annual basis. These payments are bundled amounts received by our hospital clients for hospital outpatient services related to MRI scans, PET scans, PET/CT scans and SRS treatments. In the 2016 HOPPS final rule, CMS finalized a 0.3% rate reduction, which, combined with other policy changes finalized under the rule, is expected to result in a 0.4% reduction in payments to hospitals under the HOPPS in 2016. Recent adjustments to the HOPPS payments have not had a material adverse effect on our revenue and earnings in 2015, 2014 or 2013.

Beginning on April 1, 2013, the ATRA required CMS to equalize the HOPPS payment associated with Cobalt 60-based SRS treatments to the payment amount for the less-expensive, linac-based SRS treatment. In the final HOPPS rule for 2014, CMS equalized payments for the treatments by establishing a single new payment level derived from CMS claims data for both treatments, which resulted in a payment increase for linac-based treatments and a payment decrease for Cobalt 60-based treatments beginning January 1, 2014. In addition, beginning in 2014, CMS utilized newly-available data to revise its estimate of hospitals' costs of providing CT and MRI services, which are used to calculate Medicare payments to hospitals for these services. The use of such data could result in payment reductions for CT and MRI procedures performed in the outpatient departments of our hospital clients. At this time, we do not believe that these changes will have a material adverse effect on our future revenues; however, we cannot predict the effect of future rate reductions on our future revenues or business.

Over the past few years, the growth rate of PET/CT and MRI industry wide scan volumes has slowed in part due to weak hospital volumes as reported by several investor-owned hospital companies, additional patient-related cost-sharing programs and an increasing trend of third-party payors intensifying their utilization management efforts, for example, through benefit managers who require prior authorizations to control the growth rate of imaging services generally. We expect that these trends will continue. One recent initiative to potentially reduce utilization of certain imaging services is the Medicare Imaging Demonstration, which is a two-year demonstration project designed to collect data regarding physician use of advanced diagnostic imaging services, quantify rates of appropriate, uncertain, and inappropriate advanced diagnostic image ordering in the Medicare program, and to determine whether exposing physicians to guidelines at the time of the order is associated with more appropriate ordering and the attendant change in utilization. This information would be used to determine the appropriateness of services by developing medical specialty guidelines for advanced imaging procedures within three designated modalities (MRI, CT and nuclear medicine). On February 2, 2011, CMS announced that it selected five participants for the demonstration project. The data collection portion of the demonstration concluded on April 1, 2012, and the 18-month intervention portion of the demonstration then went into effect, during which time the appropriateness of a physician's order for diagnostic imaging services was considered at the time the order was entered into the decision support systems being tested. The demonstration concluded on September 30, 2013, and a report to Congress summarizing the results of the demonstration was published on March 30, 2015. The report stated that exposing ordering physicians to appropriateness guidelines for advanced diagnostic imaging over the course of two years had nearly no effect on utilization for physicians and the report contained no recommendations for legislation or administrative action.

The PAMA required CMS, in conjunction with medical specialty societies, to adopt appropriate use criteria (“AUC”) for certain advanced diagnostic imaging services by November 15, 2015. Beginning in 2017, PAMA requires CMS to establish a program that promotes the use of AUC by requiring physicians who order and furnish advanced diagnostic imaging services to consult and report compliance with the AUC. Advanced imaging services ordered by certain physicians who do not adhere to the AUC are expected to be subject to prior authorization for applicable imaging services provided to Medicare beneficiaries beginning in 2020.

We cannot predict the full impact of the PPACA and other recent and future legislative enactments on our business. The reform law substantially changed the way health care is financed by both governmental and private insurers. Although certain provisions may negatively affect payment rates for certain imaging services, the PPACA also extended coverage to an estimated 24 million previously uninsured people, which may result in an increase in the demand for our services. Other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the PPACA was enacted, which also may impact our business. On August 2, 2011, the President signed into law the Budget Control Act of 2011 (“BCA”), which, among other things, created the Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction to recommend proposals in spending reductions to Congress. The Joint Select Committee did not achieve its targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, triggering the legislation's automatic reduction to several government programs. These reductions include aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of up to 2% per fiscal year, which were scheduled to go into effect on January 2, 2013. The enactment of the ATRA delayed the imposition of the automatic cuts until March 1, 2013.

18


 

On March 1, 2013, the President signed an executive order implementing the automatic budget reductions. Pursuant to that order, payments to Medicare providers for services furnished on or after April 1, 2013 were reduced by 2%. The impact to our revenue related to this 2% reduction was approximately $0.4 million in 2014 and approximately $0.3 million in 2015. The 2013 Budget Act extended the 2% reduction in payments to Medicare providers by another two years (through 2023), and subsequent legislation extended the cuts through 2025. Unless Congress acts to repeal or revise the automatic budget cuts enacted by the BCA, this payment reduction will continue. The PAMA also included a new quality incentive payment policy that, beginning January 1, 2016, reduces Medicare payments for the technical portion of certain CT services paid under the Physician Fee Schedule or HOPPS that are furnished using equipment that does not meet certain dose optimization and management standards, reducing payments for such services by 5% in 2016 and 15% in 2017. The full effect of the PPACA, BCA, ATRA, PAMA, and MACRA on our business is uncertain, and it is not clear whether other legislative changes will be adopted or how those changes would affect the demand for our services.

Payments to us by third-party payors depend substantially upon each payor's coverage, coding and reimbursement policies. Third-party payors may impose limits on coverage or reimbursement for diagnostic imaging services, including denying reimbursement for tests that do not follow recommended diagnostic procedures. In addition, we are subject to a variety of billing and coding requirements, including the implementation of the International Classification of Diseases, 10th Edition (“ICD-10”) on October 1, 2015. The adoption of ICD-10 could create claims processing issues for our clinics or our payors that could result in additional claims submission or payment delays or denials, and we may incur additional costs for computer system updates, training and other resources required to implement ICD-10. Coverage policies also may be expanded to reflect emerging technologies. Because unfavorable coverage and reimbursement policies have and may continue to constrict the profit margins of the hospitals and clinics we bill directly, we have and may continue to need to lower our fees to retain existing clients and attract new ones. If coverage is limited or reimbursement rates are inadequate, a healthcare provider might find it financially unattractive to own diagnostic imaging or radiation oncology systems, yet beneficial to purchase our services. It is possible that third-party coverage and reimbursement policies will affect the need or prices for our services in the future, which could significantly affect our financial performance and our ability to conduct our business.

Environmental, Health and Safety Laws

We are subject to federal, state and local regulations governing the storage, use, transport and disposal of materials and waste products, including biohazardous and radioactive wastes. Our PET service and some of our other imaging services require the use of radioactive materials. While this material has a short half-life, meaning it quickly breaks down into inert, or non-radioactive substances, using such materials presents the risk of accidental environmental contamination and physical injury. Although we believe that our safety procedures for storing, handling, transporting and disposing of these hazardous materials comply with the standards prescribed by law and regulation, we cannot completely eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or injury from those hazardous materials. We maintain professional liability insurance that covers such matters with coverage that we believe is consistent with industry practice and appropriate in light of the risks attendant to our business. However, in the event of an accident, we could be held liable for any damages that result, and any liability could exceed the limits or fall outside the coverage of our insurance. We may not be able to maintain insurance on acceptable terms, or at all. We could incur significant costs and the diversion of our management's attention to comply with current or future environmental laws and regulations. We have not had material expenses related to environmental, health and safety laws or regulations to date.

How to Obtain Our SEC Filings

All reports we file with the SEC are available free of charge via EDGAR through the SEC website at www.sec.gov. We also provide copies of our current reports on Form 8-K, Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, proxy statement and amendments to those documents at no charge to investors upon request and make electronic copies of those reports available through our website at www.alliancehealthcareservices-us.com as soon as reasonably practicable after filing those materials with the SEC. The information found on, or otherwise accessible through, our website is not incorporated by reference into, nor does it form a part of, this Annual Report on Form 10-K or any other document that we file with the SEC.

Our Investor Relations Department can be contacted at Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc., 100 Bayview Circle, Suite 400, Newport Beach, California 92660, Attn: Investor Relations, tel: (949) 242-5300.

19


 

Executive Officers of the Registrant

Set forth below is information regarding our executive officers, including their principal occupations for the past five years and their ages as of March 10, 2016. There are no family relationships between any of our executive officers and any other executive officer or board member. Our board of directors elects our executive officers, who serve at the discretion of our board of directors.

 

Name

 

Age

 

Present Position

Percy C. Tomlinson

 

54

 

Chief Executive Officer

Howard K. Aihara (1)

 

52

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Rhonda A. Longmore-Grund

 

53

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Richard W. Johns

 

58

 

Chief Operating Officer and Chief Legal Officer

Richard A. Jones

 

52

 

President, Alliance Radiology

Gregory E. Spurlock

 

54

 

President, Alliance Oncology and Alliance International

Steven M. Siwek, M.D.

 

61

 

President, Alliance HealthCare Interventional Partners

(1) Mr. Aihara resigned as Chief Financial Officer, effective the date of filing of this Form 10-K.  Ms. Longmore-Grund assumes the role of Chief Financial Officer upon Mr. Aihara’s resignation.

 

Percy C. Tomlinson became Chief Executive Officer in October 2013. Mr. Tomlinson has more than 25 years of diverse executive management and leadership experience, serving in a variety of roles, most recently as the Chief Executive Officer of Midwest Dental, from 2012 until joining us. Previously, he spent 10 years with the Center for Diagnostic Imaging, Inc. (CDI) in several senior roles including Chief Executive Officer from 2011 to 2012, President, and Chief Operating Officer from 2005 to 2011 and Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from 2002 to 2005. Mr. Tomlinson holds an M.B.A. from Columbia University and a B.A. from the University of St. Thomas.

Howard K. Aihara currently serves as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Aihara has resigned from this role, effective the date of filing this Form 10-K. From December 2005 through March 10, 2016, Mr. Aihara served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Aihara joined us in September 2000 as our Vice President and Corporate Controller. From 1997 until September 2000, he was Vice President, Finance, for UniMed Management Company, a physician practice management company. From 1995 through 1997, he was Executive Director and Corporate Controller for AHI Healthcare Systems, Inc. AHI was a publicly traded physician practice management company. Mr. Aihara began his career at Ernst & Young LLP and is a Certified Public Accountant (inactive). Mr. Aihara holds a B.A. in business administration from California State University-Fullerton.

Rhonda A. Longmore-Grund will commence serving as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer upon Mr. Aihara’s resignation. Ms. Longmore-Grund most recently served as the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for Printronix, a privately-held global industrial technology design and manufacturing company from November 2009 to February 2016. Previously, Ms. Longmore-Grund has held senior management positions at Ingram Micro, Inc., Exult, Inc. and Velocium. Ms. Longmore-Grund received a B.A. from the University of Massachusetts at Amherst and an M.A.L.D. from the Fletcher School of Law and Diplomacy at Tufts University.

Richard W. Johns has served as our Chief Operating Officer and Chief Legal Officer since February 2016. Previously, Mr. Johns served as our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since February 2012. Mr. Johns has had a legal career spanning over 30 years providing legal services to a variety of healthcare clients based in the United States and Europe. From 2010 to 2012, he was General Counsel at LaVie Care Centers, a national long-term care company with revenues in excess of $1 billion annually. From 2009 to 2010, Mr. Johns maintained his own law practice serving various healthcare clients in the United States and Europe, and from 1998 to 2008 served as a partner with the internationally recognized firm of Foley & Lardner, where he was instrumental in developing a national healthcare practice. Mr. Johns began his legal career working with various law firms in the Washington, D.C. area and holds a Juris Doctor degree from the University of Southern California.

Richard A. Jones was appointed President of the Radiology Division in June 2012. Previously, Mr. Jones served as Executive Vice President of the Radiology Division since August 2011. He has been with Alliance since 1996, originally serving as Regional Operations Manager, then Vice President of Business Development, then Vice President of Operations for the North zone, then Senior Vice President of the North zone, and then as Senior Vice President of Operations. Before joining Alliance, Mr. Jones held a number of leadership roles in hospitals and the commercial healthcare sector. Mr. Jones holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from Eastern Nazarene College.

Gregory E. Spurlock has served as President of Alliance Oncology since April 2013 and was appointed President of Alliance Oncology and International in February 2016. He initially joined Alliance Oncology as Chief Administrative Officer in April 2011, as part of the company’s acquisition of US Radiosurgery and was later promoted to Senior Vice President of Business Development and

20


 

Contract Operations in June of 2012. In his current role, Mr. Spurlock oversees all aspects of Alliance Oncology and will lead the new International Division overseeing both Oncology and Radiology for operations outside of the United States. Mr. Spurlock's career has been focused on ancillary services, physician relationships and facility development. Mr. Spurlock joined US Radiosurgery in 2004 and held various executive leadership positions with the company and its affiliates from 2004 until its acquisition by Alliance in 2011, including Chief Operating Officer of US Radiosurgery, Executive Vice President of NeoSpine, and Chief Executive Officer of Imaging One, LLC. Prior to 2004, Mr. Spurlock also held the role of Executive Director at Tennessee Orthopaedic Alliance and at the Kerlan-Jobe Orthopaedic Clinic in Los Angeles.

Steven M. Siwek, M.D. was appointed President of Alliance Healthcare Interventional Partners in April 2015. Dr. Siwek initially joined Alliance through the February 2015 acquisition of The Pain Center of Arizona—Arizona’s center of excellence for the diagnosis and treatment of chronic pain disorders with 12 locations statewide. As founder and CEO of TPC, Dr. Siwek has focused the last 15 years of his medical career on building programs that set national standards for quality coordinated care in pain management. Dr. Siwek’s multi-disciplinary and integrative approach to preventing, treating, and eliminating chronic pain is advancing the way in which interventional and pain management services are accessed and delivered nationwide. Dr. Siwek received his M.D. from the New York Medical College and completed his residency training at the Mayo Clinics in Rochester, Minneapolis, and Scottsdale, Arizona, and fellowship at the Mayo Clinic in Jacksonville, Florida. In addition, Dr. Siwek holds an M.B.A. from the Graziadio School of Business and Management at Pepperdine University.

 

 

ITEM 1A.

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the risks described below before investing in our publicly-traded securities. If any of these risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition or results of operations will likely suffer. In that event, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment. Some of the statements in this Item 1A are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. See “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-looking Statements” on page 1.

We have described the risk factors in the following related groups:

 

·

risks related to government regulation of our business;

 

·

other risks related to our business;

 

·

risks related to our governance and stock exchange listing; and

 

·

risks related to our debt.

Risks Related to Government Regulation of Our Business

Changes in the rates or methods of third-party reimbursements for diagnostic imaging and radiation oncology services could result in reduced demand for our services or create downward pressure, which could cause our revenues to decline and harm our financial position.

We derived approximately 20% of our 2015 revenues from direct billings to patients and third-party payors such as Medicare, Medicaid or private health insurance companies. Changes in the rates or methods of reimbursement for the services we provide could have a significant negative effect on those revenues. Moreover, our healthcare provider clients on whom we depend for the majority of our revenues generally rely on reimbursement from third-party payors. If we or our clients receive decreased reimbursements as a result of various governmental efforts to reduce healthcare costs as described in detail in Item 1, Business-Regulation and Reimbursement, these decreases could result in a reduced demand for our services or downward pricing pressures, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position.

With respect to our retail business, for services for which we bill Medicare directly, we are paid under the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule, which is updated on an annual basis. Under the Medicare statutory formula, payments under the fee schedule would have decreased for the past several years if Congress had failed to intervene. In the past, when the application of the statutory formula resulted in lower payment, Congress has passed interim legislation to prevent the reductions in payments. If Congress fails to intervene as it has done in the past to prevent the implementation of payment reductions through either another temporary measure or a permanent revision to the statutory formula, the resulting decrease in payment will adversely affect our revenues and results of operations.

We cannot predict the individual and collective effect on our business of the changes described above, but they could negatively affect parts of our business or our entire operations, which could harm our financial performance and condition.

21


 

Complying with federal and state regulations is an expensive and time-consuming process, and any failure to comply could result in substantial penalties.

We are directly or indirectly through our clients subject to extensive regulation by both the federal government and the states in which we conduct our business, including the federal Anti-Kickback Law and similar state anti-kickback laws, the Stark Law and similar state laws affecting physician referrals, the federal False Claims Act, HIPAA, as amended by the HITECH Act, and similar state laws addressing privacy and security, state unlawful practice of medicine and fee splitting laws, state CON laws, the Medicare and Medicaid statutes and regulations, and requirements for handling biohazardous and radioactive materials and wastes.

Both federal and state government agencies have heightened and coordinated civil and criminal enforcement efforts as part of numerous ongoing investigations of healthcare companies, as well as their executives and managers. These investigations relate to a wide variety of matters, including referral and billing practices. The OIG and the DOJ have, from time to time, established national enforcement initiatives that focus on specific billing practices or other suspected areas of abuse. Some of our activities could become the subject of governmental investigations or inquiries.

If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws and regulations to which we or our clients are subject, we may be subject to the applicable penalty associated with the violation, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines and the curtailment of our operations. Any penalties, damages, fines or curtailment of our operations, individually or in the aggregate, could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results. Our risk of being found in violation of these laws and regulations is increased by the fact that many of them have not been fully interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the courts, and their provisions are open to a variety of interpretations. Any action against us for violation of these laws or regulations, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert management's attention from the operation of our business. For a more detailed discussion of the various state and federal regulations to which we are subject, see Item 1, Business-Regulation, Reimbursement and Environmental, Health and Safety Laws.

Federal and state anti-kickback and anti-self-referral laws may adversely affect our operations and income.

Various federal and state laws govern financial arrangements among health care providers. The federal Anti-Kickback Law prohibits the knowing and willful offer, payment, solicitation or receipt of any form of remuneration in return for, or to induce, the referral of Medicare, Medicaid or other federal healthcare program patients, or in return for, or to induce, the purchase, lease or order of items or services that are covered by Medicare, Medicaid or other federal healthcare programs. Many state laws also prohibit the solicitation, payment or receipt of remuneration in return for, or to induce, the referral of patients in private as well as government programs. Violation of these laws may result in substantial civil or criminal penalties and/or exclusion from participation in federal or state healthcare programs. We believe that we are operating in compliance with applicable laws and believe that our arrangements with providers would not be found to violate the federal and state anti-kickback laws. However, these laws could be interpreted in a manner that could have an adverse effect on our operations.

The Stark Law prohibits a physician from referring Medicare or Medicaid patients to any entity for certain designated health services (including MRI and other diagnostic imaging services) if the physician has a prohibited financial relationship with that entity, unless an exception applies. Although we believe that our operations do not violate the Stark Law, our activities may be challenged. If a challenge to our activities is successful, it could have an adverse effect on our operations. In addition, legislation may be enacted in the future that further addresses Medicare and Medicaid fraud and abuse or that imposes additional requirements or burdens on us.

A number of states in which we operate have adopted a form of anti-kickback law and/or Stark Law. The scope of these laws and the interpretations of them vary from state to state and are enforced by state courts and regulatory authorities, each with broad discretion. A determination of liability under the laws described in this risk factor could result in fines and penalties and restrictions on our ability to operate in these jurisdictions.

In addition, under the DRA, states are encouraged to adopt false claims acts, similar to the federal False Claims Act, which establish liability for submission of fraudulent claims to the state Medicaid program and contain qui tam or whistleblower provisions. States enacting such false claims statutes will receive an increased percentage of any recovery from a state Medicaid judgment or settlement. Adoption of new false claims statutes in states where we operate may impose additional requirements or burdens on us.

Healthcare reform legislation and regulations could adversely affect our operations or limit the prices we can charge for our services, which would reduce our revenues and harm our operating results.

In addition to extensive existing government healthcare regulation, there have been and continue to be numerous initiatives at the federal and state levels for reforms affecting the payment for and availability of healthcare services, including proposals that would significantly limit reimbursement under the Medicare and Medicaid programs. Limitations on reimbursement amounts and other cost

22


 

containment pressures have in the past resulted in a decrease in the revenue we receive for each scan we perform, which would reduce our revenues and hard our operating results. For a more detailed discussion of the various state and federal legislation and regulations to which we are subject, see Item 1, Business-Regulation and -Reimbursement.

The application or repeal of state certificate of need regulations could harm our business and financial results.

Some states require a CON or similar regulatory approval prior to the acquisition of high-cost capital items, including diagnostic imaging and radiation oncology systems or provision of diagnostic imaging and radiation therapy services by us or our clients. A majority of the 43 states in which we operate require a CON, and more states may adopt similar licensure frameworks in the future. In many cases, a limited number of these certificates are available in a given state. If we are unable to obtain the applicable certificate or approval or additional certificates or approvals necessary to expand our operations, these regulations may limit or preclude our operations in the relevant jurisdictions.

Conversely, states in which we have obtained a CON may repeal existing CON regulations or liberalize exemptions from the regulations. The repeal of CON regulations or defunding of CON programs in states in which we have obtained a CON or CON exemption would lower barriers to entry for competition in those states and could adversely affect our business.

If we fail to comply with various licensure, certification and accreditation standards, we may be subject to loss of licensure, certification or accreditation, which would adversely affect our operations.

All of the states in which we operate require the imaging technologists and radiation therapists who operate systems to be licensed or certified. Also, each of our retail sites must continue to meet various requirements to receive payments from the Medicare program. In addition, we are currently accredited by The Joint Commission, an independent, non-profit organization that accredits various types of healthcare providers such as hospitals, nursing homes and providers of diagnostic imaging services. In the healthcare industry, various types of organizations are accredited to meet certain Medicare certification requirements, expedite third-party payments and fulfill state licensure requirements. Some managed care providers prefer to contract with accredited organizations. Any lapse in our licenses, certifications or accreditations or those of our technologists, or the failure of any of our retail sites to satisfy the necessary requirements under Medicare could adversely affect our operations and financial results.

We cannot predict the full extent of recent legislative changes on our business, and their effects may harm our financial performance and our stockholder value.

Recent healthcare reform laws, in particular the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act ("PPACA"), substantially changed the way health care is financed by both governmental and private insurers. For example, certain provisions may negatively affect payment rates for some imaging and radiation oncology services. A number of states have opted out of participation in the PPACA, which reduces the number of previously uninsured people who can participate in the program. Other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the PPACA was enacted. On August 2, 2011, the President signed into law the BCA, which, among other things, created the Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction to recommend proposals in spending reductions to Congress. The Joint Select Committee did not achieve its targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, triggering the legislation's automatic reduction to several government programs. These reductions include aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of up to 2% per fiscal year. The enactment of the ATRA of 2012 on January 2, 2013, delayed the imposition of these automatic cuts until March 1, 2013. On March 1, 2013, the President signed an executive order implementing the automatic reductions. Pursuant to that order, payments to Medicare providers for services furnished on or after April 1, 2013 were reduced by 2%. The impact to our revenue related to this 2% reduction was approximately $0.4 million in 2014 and $0.3 million in 2015. The 2013 Budget Act extended the 2% reduction in payments to Medicare providers by another two years (through 2023), and subsequent legislation extended the cuts through 2024. Unless Congress acts to repeal or revise the automatic budget cuts enacted by the BCA, this payment reduction will continue. The PAMA also included a new quality incentive payment policy that, beginning January 1, 2016, reduces Medicare payments for certain CT services paid under the Physician Fee Schedule or HOPPS that are furnished using equipment that does not meet certain dose optimization and management standards. The full effect of the PPACA, BCA, ATRA and PAMA on our business is uncertain, and it is not clear whether other legislative changes will be adopted or how those changes would affect the demand for our services.

Other Risks Related to Our Business

Our MRI and PET/CT scan volumes may decline in the future, leading to material adverse effects on the demand for our services and/or our future revenues.

The demand for our MRI and PET/CT scan services and volumes are directly linked to authorization rates by insurance companies, sustained unemployment rates, the number of under-insured or uninsured patients, the reported decline in physician office

23


 

visits, hospitals adding imaging services directly to enhance hospital profitability and other conditions arising from the global economic conditions described below. We believe that demand for MRI and PET/CT scans from our shared-service operations could decline in future periods as a result of these factors. If we are unable to arrest and reverse these declines, our financial performance and condition will suffer.

We experience competition from other medical diagnostic and radiation oncology companies and equipment manufacturers, and this competition, as well as overcapacity to meet demand for medical diagnostic and radiation oncology services, could adversely affect our revenues and our business.

The market for diagnostic imaging and radiation oncology services and systems is competitive. In addition to direct competition from other imaging and radiation oncology providers, we compete with independent imaging centers and referring physicians with diagnostic imaging systems in their own offices, as well as with OEMs that aggressively sell or lease imaging or radiation oncology systems to healthcare providers for full-time installation. Some of our competitors may now or in the future have access to greater resources than we do or may be less burdened with debt and contribute to overcapacity to meet the demand for our services. If we are unable to compete successfully with this diverse group of competitors, particularly if overall MRI usage declines, our client base will decline and our business and financial condition will suffer.

Our revenues may fluctuate or be unpredictable, which may adversely affect our financial results.

The amount and timing of revenues that we may derive from our business will fluctuate based on:

 

·

the effects of governmental laws, regulations and reimbursement policies on payments to us and to third-party payors;

 

·

variations in the rate at which our clients renew their contracts with us;

 

·

the extent to which our mobile shared-service clients become full-time clients;

 

·

competitive factors;

 

·

trends in healthcare treatment and reimbursement by government and private insurance;

 

·

overall revenue trends;

 

·

changes in the number of days of service we can offer with respect to a given system due to equipment malfunctions or the seasonal factors discussed below;

 

·

the mix of wholesale and retail billing for our services; and

 

·

the overall United States economy and the economy in the particular areas where we provide our services.

In addition, we experience seasonality in the sale of our services. First and fourth quarter revenues are typically lower than those from the second and third quarters. First quarter revenues are affected primarily by inclement weather, typically resulting in fewer patients being scanned or treated during the period. Fourth quarter revenues are affected by holiday and client and patient vacation schedules, resulting in fewer scans or treatments during the period. Due to the fixed nature of our costs, the variability in margins is higher than the variability in revenues. As a result, our revenues may vary significantly from quarter to quarter, and our quarterly results have been and may in the future be below market expectations. We also experience fluctuations in revenues due to general economic conditions, including recession or economic slowdown. We may not be able to reduce our expenses, including our debt service obligations, quickly enough to respond to these declines in revenue, which would make our business difficult to operate and would harm our financial results.

We may be unable to renew or maintain our client contracts, which would harm our business and financial results.

When our clients' contracts with us expire, those clients may cease using our imaging services and purchase or lease their own imaging systems or use our competitors' imaging systems. If our clients do not renew or maintain their contracts as we expect, our business will suffer. It is not always possible to obtain replacement clients quickly. Historically, many replacement clients have been smaller facilities that have a lower number of scans and generate less revenue than the clients we lost. We also run the risk of being unable to renew or maintain our client contracts in our Radiation Oncology Division.

Pressure to control healthcare costs could have a negative effect on our results.

One of the principal objectives of managed care organizations, such as health maintenance organizations and preferred provider organizations, is to control the cost of healthcare services. Healthcare providers participating in managed care plans may be influenced

24


 

to refer patients seeking imaging services or radiation therapy to certain providers depending on the plan in which a covered patient is enrolled. The expansion of health maintenance organizations, preferred provider organizations and other managed care organizations within the geographic areas we cover could have a negative effect on the utilization and pricing of our services, because these organizations may exert greater control over patients' access to services of the type we offer, the selections of the provider of those services and reimbursement rates for those services.

We may be unable to maintain our imaging and radiation oncology systems effectively or generate revenue when our systems are not working.

Timely, effective service is essential to maintaining our reputation and high utilization rates on our imaging and radiation oncology systems. Repairs to one of our systems can take up to two weeks and result in a loss of revenue. Our warranties and maintenance contracts do not fully compensate us for loss of revenue when our systems are not working. The principal components of our cost of revenues include depreciation; amortization; compensation paid to technologists, therapists, drivers and other clinical staff; system maintenance costs; insurance; medical supplies; system transportation; technologists' travel costs; and professional costs related to the delivery of radiation therapy and professional radiology interpretation services. Because the majority of these expenses are fixed, a reduction in the number of scans or treatments performed due to out-of-service equipment will result in lower revenues and margins. Equipment manufacturers repair our equipment, and they may not be able to perform repairs or supply needed parts in a timely manner. Therefore, if we experience greater than anticipated system malfunctions or if we are unable to promptly obtain the service necessary to keep our systems functioning effectively, our revenues could decline and our ability to provide services would be harmed.

Harsh weather conditions may limit our ability to maximize the utilization of our diagnostic imaging and radiation oncology equipment, which may reduce our revenue.

Harsh weather conditions can adversely affect our operations and financial condition. To the extent severe weather patterns affect the regions in which we operate, potential patients may find it difficult to travel to our centers and we may have difficulty moving our mobile systems along their scheduled routes. As a result, we could experience a decrease in equipment utilization, scan volume and revenues during that period.

Natural disasters could adversely affect our business and operations.

Our corporate headquarters is located in California and we currently operate in various geographic regions across 45 states. Consequently, we are subject to varying risks for natural disaster, including draught, hurricanes, blizzards, floods, earthquakes and tornados. Depending on its severity, a natural disaster could damage our facilities and systems or prevent potential patients from traveling to our centers. Damage to our equipment or any interruption in our business would adversely affect our financial condition and could result in the loss of the capital invested in the damaged facilities or systems or anticipated future cash flows from those facilities or systems.

Adverse changes in general domestic and worldwide economic conditions and instability and disruption of credit markets could adversely affect our operating results, financial condition or liquidity.

We are subject to risks arising from adverse changes in general domestic and global economic conditions, including recession or economic slowdown and disruption of credit markets.  In recent periods, investor concerns about the U.S. and global economic outlook, including concerns about the level of economic recovery in the United States, combined with volatile oil prices, increased tax rates and governmental budget deficits and debt levels have contributed to high volatility levels in our business.

As a result of these and other market conditions, the cost and availability of credit has been adversely affected.  A continued deterioration of credit markets may adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition and the liquidity and financial condition of our customers.  If these market conditions continue or worsen, they may limit our ability to timely access the capital markets to meet liquidity needs, resulting in adverse effects on our financial condition and results of operations.

We may not receive payment from some of our healthcare provider clients because of their financial circumstances.

Some of our healthcare provider clients do not have significant financial resources, liquidity or access to capital. If these clients experience financial difficulties, they may be unable to pay us for the services that we provide. We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, write-offs of accounts receivable from healthcare provider clients that become insolvent, file for bankruptcy or are otherwise unable to pay amounts owed to us. A significant deterioration in general or local economic conditions could have a material adverse effect on the financial health of some of our healthcare provider clients. As a result, we may have to increase the amounts of accounts receivable that we write-off, which would adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

25


 

Technological change in our industry could reduce the demand for our services and require us to incur significant costs to upgrade our equipment.

We operate in a competitive, capital intensive and high fixed-cost industry. The development of new technologies or refinements of existing ones might make our existing systems technologically or economically obsolete, or reduce the need or demand for our systems. Numerous companies currently manufacture MRI and PET/CT, radiation oncology and other diagnostic imaging systems. Competition among manufacturers for a greater share of the MRI, PET/CT and other diagnostic imaging systems market has resulted in and likely will continue to result in technological advances in the speed and imaging capacity of these new systems, including the new ultra-high field MRI systems and 256-slice CT systems. Consequently, the obsolescence of our systems may be accelerated. In the future, to the extent we are unable to generate sufficient cash from our operations or obtain additional funds through bank financing or the issuance of equity or debt securities, we may be unable to maintain a competitive equipment base. In addition, advancing technology may enable hospitals, physicians or other service providers to perform procedures without the assistance of service providers such as ourselves. As a result, we may not be able to maintain our competitive position in our targeted regions or expand our business.

Because a high percentage of our operating expenses are fixed, a relatively small decrease in revenues could have a significant negative effect on our financial results.

A high percentage of our expenses are fixed, meaning they do not vary significantly with the increase or decrease in revenues. Those expenses include debt service and capital lease payments, rent payments, payroll, maintenance, insurance and vehicle operation costs. As a result, a relatively small reduction in the prices we charge for our services or in our procedure volumes could have a disproportionate negative effect on our financial results.

We may be subject to professional liability risks, which could be costly and could negatively affect our business and financial results.

We may be subject to professional liability claims. There is a risk of harm to a patient during an MRI if the patient has certain types of metal implants or cardiac pacemakers within his or her body. Although patients are screened to safeguard against this risk, screening may nevertheless fail to identify the hazard.

In response to recent press reports concerning the risk of significant, sometimes fatal, errors in radiation therapy, especially relating to linear radiation, accreditation of facilities and the establishment of a national error reporting database are under consideration. In addition, various trade organizations have called for quality improvement measures and the establishment of the nation's first central database for the reporting of errors involving linear particle accelerators and CT scanners. Federal legislation in these areas is under consideration and a Congressional hearing was held in February 2010. We are not aware of any actions taken after the hearing. In addition, on September 29, 2010, California enacted a law that requires hospitals and clinics to record radiation doses for CT scans, which became effective July 1, 2012, and to report any overdoses to patients, their doctors and the California Department of Public Health. Effective July 1, 2013, the new California law requires all facilities that furnish CT services to be accredited by an organization approved by CMS, the Medical Board of California or the California Department of Public Health. Other states have considered similar legislation and enacted regulations to implement additional record keeping, education, or oversight requirements relate to CT services. We cannot assure you that the cost of complying with any new regulations will not be substantial, that the negative publicity concerning these errors will not adversely affect our business, or that these types of errors will not occur with our services.

We maintain professional liability insurance with coverage that we believe is consistent with industry practice and appropriate in light of the risks attendant to our business. Nevertheless, any claim made against us could be costly to defend against, result in a substantial damage award against us and divert the attention of our management from our operations, which could have an adverse effect on our financial performance. It is also possible that our insurance coverage will not continue to be available at acceptable costs or on favorable terms.

Loss of key executives and failure to attract qualified managers and sales persons could limit our growth and negatively affect our operations.

Our senior management team has extensive experience in our industry. We believe that they are instrumental in guiding our business, instituting valuable performance and quality monitoring, and driving innovation. Accordingly, our future performance is substantially dependent upon the services of our senior management team and our ability to attract talented executives as and when needed. In particular, we depend upon Tom Tomlinson, our Chief Executive Officer, and Division Presidents, for their skills, experience, and knowledge of our company and industry contacts. We do not have key employee insurance policies covering any of

26


 

our management team. The loss of Mr. Tomlinson and divisional leadership, or other members of our management team could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

We require field managers and sales persons with experience in our industry to operate and sell our services for diagnostic imaging and radiation oncology. We cannot predict the availability of qualified field managers and sales persons or the compensation levels that will be required to hire and retain them. The loss of the services of any member of our senior management or our inability to hire qualified field managers and sales persons at compensation levels that are economically reasonable to us could adversely affect our ability to operate and grow our business.

Many of the states in which we operate do not enforce agreements that prohibit a former employee from competing with a former employer. As a result, many of our employees whose employment is terminated are free to compete with us, subject to prohibitions on the use of confidential information and, depending on the terms of the employee's employment agreement, on solicitation of existing employees and customers. A former executive, field or sales manager or other key employee who joins one of our competitors could use the relationships he or she established while our employee and the industry knowledge he or she acquired during that tenure to enhance the new employer's ability to compete with us.

Loss of, and failure to attract, qualified employees, technologists and other clinical staff could limit our growth and negatively affect our operations.

Our future success depends on our continuing ability to identify, hire, develop, motivate and retain highly skilled personnel for all areas of our organization. Competition in our industry for qualified employees is intense. In particular, there is a very high demand for qualified technologists who are necessary to operate our systems, particularly PET/CT technologists. We may not be able to hire and retain a sufficient number of technologists, therapists, physicists and dosimetrists, and we expect that our costs for the salaries and benefits of these employees will continue to increase for the foreseeable future because of the industry's competitive demand for their services. Our continued ability to compete effectively depends on our ability to attract new employees and to retain and motivate our existing employees.

Our PET/CT services and some of our other imaging services require the use of radioactive materials, which could subject us to regulation-related costs and delays and potential liabilities for injuries or violations of environmental, health and safety laws and regulations.

Our PET/CT services and some of our other imaging services require radioactive materials. While these radioactive materials have a short half-life-meaning it quickly breaks down into inert or non-radioactive substances - storage, transportation, use and disposal of these materials present the risk of accidental environmental contamination and physical injury. We are subject to federal, state and local regulations governing storage, transportation, handling and disposal of these materials and waste products. In spite of our safety procedures for storing, transporting, handling and disposing of these hazardous materials, we cannot completely eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or injury from those hazardous materials. We maintain professional liability insurance with coverage that we believe is consistent with industry practice and appropriate in light of the risks attendant to our business. In the event of an accident, however, we could be held liable for any damages that result, and any liability could exceed the limits or fall outside the coverage of our insurance. We may not be able to maintain insurance on acceptable terms, or at all. We could incur significant costs and the diversion of our management's attention to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations.

We may not be able to achieve the expected benefits from future acquisitions and investments, which would adversely affect our financial condition and results.

We have historically relied on acquisitions and joint venture investments as methods of expanding our business. In addition, we will consider future acquisitions and investments as opportunities arise and our financial performance permits. If we do not successfully integrate acquisitions, we may not realize anticipated operating advantages and cost savings. The integration of companies that have previously operated separately involves a number of risks, including:

 

·

demands on management related to the increase in our size after an acquisition;

 

·

the diversion of management's attention from the management of daily operations to the integration of operations;

 

·

difficulties in the assimilation and retention of employees;

 

·

potential adverse effects on operating results; and

 

·

challenges in retaining clients.

27


 

We may not be able to maintain the levels of operating efficiency that acquired companies have achieved or might achieve separately. Successful integration of each of their operations will depend upon our ability to manage those operations and to eliminate redundant and excess costs. Because of difficulties in combining operations, we may not be able to achieve the cost savings and other size-related benefits that we hoped to achieve after these acquisitions.

Some acquisitions or joint ventures we undertake in the future may be in regions outside the United States, such as Asia.  In these transactions, we will face additional challenges, such as dealing with different languages and cultures, working with a local partner, and having to address the particular economic, currency, political, and regulatory risks associated with specific countries.  If we are unable to obtain the anticipated benefits from acquisitions or joint venture investments, whether within or outside the United States, our financial condition and operating results may be adversely impacted.

High fuel costs can harm our operations and financial performance.

Fuel costs constitute a significant portion of our mobile operating expenses, through diesel fuel for our tractor fleet and mileage reimbursement for our team members. Historically, fuel costs have been subject to wide price fluctuations based on geopolitical issues and supply and demand. Fuel availability is also affected by demand for home heating oil, diesel, gasoline and other petroleum products, as well as overall economic conditions. Because of the effect of these events on the price and availability of fuel, we cannot predict the cost and future availability of fuel with any degree of certainty. In the event of a fuel supply shortage or further increases in fuel prices, we might be forced to curtail our scheduled mobile services. Sustained high fuel costs will harm our financial condition and results of operations.

Insurance costs and claims expenses could adversely affect our earnings.

The transportation aspect of our business is exposed to costs for claims related to property damage claims by others; personal injury; damage to our mobile systems resulting from accidents, vandalism or theft; and workers' compensation. We carry insurance to minimize these exposures. Insurance costs have varied over the past five years, reflecting the level of our operations, the insurance environment for our industry, our claim experience and our self-retained (deductible) level.

We are also responsible for claim expenses within our self-retained (deductible) levels for liability and workers' compensation claims. We maintain insurance to cover claims and expense in excess of our deductible levels with insurance companies that we consider financially sound. Although we believe our aggregate insurance limits are sufficient to cover reasonably expected claims, it is possible that one or more claims could exceed those limits and adversely affect our operating results. If the number or severity of claims within our deductible levels increases, or if we are required to accrue or pay additional amounts because the claims prove to be more severe than our original assessment, our operating results would be adversely affected.

Our transportation operations are regulated, and failure to comply or increased costs of compliance with existing or future regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business.

The transportation aspect of our business is subject to legislative and regulatory changes that can affect our operations and financial performance. Our trucking operations and those of the trucking companies and independent contractors with whom we engage are subject to regulation by the Department of Transportation, or DOT, and various state, local, and foreign governmental agencies, which govern such activities as authorization to engage in motor carrier operations, handling of hazardous materials, safety ratings, insurance requirements, vehicle weight and size, and emissions restrictions. We are also periodically audited by the DOT and other state and federal authorities to ensure that we comply with safety, required licenses, hours-of-service, clean truck regulations, and other rules and regulations.

New governmental laws and regulations, or changes to existing laws and regulations, could affect our transportation operations. Any additional measures that may be required by future laws and regulations or changes to existing laws and regulations may require us to make changes to our operating practices and may result in additional costs which, if we are unable to pass through to our clients, could have an adverse effect on our financial performance.

We are vulnerable to system failures, including those that may be related to cyber security attacks, which could harm our business.

We rely on our technology infrastructure to sell our services, interact with customers, and bill, collect, and make payments.  Our systems are vulnerable to damage or interruption from natural disasters, power loss, telecommunication failures, terrorist or hacker attacks, computer viruses, and other events. When we upgrade or change systems, we may suffer interruptions in service, loss of data, or reduced functionality.   Despite any precautions we may take, such problems could result in improper use of our systems or networks, unauthorized access, use, disclosure, modification or destruction of confidential or other information, fraudulent loss of

28


 

assets, and interruptions in our services.  A cyber-related attack, or other information technology system failure, could have a significant adverse impact on our financial condition or results of operations. A cyber-related attack could also result in other negative consequences, including damage to our reputation or competitiveness, remediation or increased protection costs, litigation or regulatory action.

Risks Related to Our Governance and Stock Exchange Listing

Funds managed by Oaktree Capital Management, LLC and MTS Health Investors, LLC beneficially own the majority of our outstanding shares of common stock and are therefore able to exert significant influence over us, including with respect to change of control transactions.

As of December 31, 2015, funds managed by Oaktree Capital Management, LLC and MTS Health Investors, LLC (collectively, the “Investor Parties”) beneficially owned approximately 51% of our outstanding shares of common stock. So long as they beneficially own at least 35% of our outstanding shares of common stock, the Investor Parties will have the right to designate three of the members of our board of directors. As a result of their ownership of our common stock and their right to designate three directors, the Investor Parties have the ability to exert significant influence on our management and operations, as well as control the outcome of matters requiring stockholder approval, including approving mergers, consolidations or sales of all or substantially all of our assets, election of directors and advisory votes, including advisory votes related to our executive pay practices and appointment of independent registered auditors.

On September 16, 2015, Fujian Thai Hot Investment Co., Ltd. (“Thai Hot”) agreed to purchase approximately 5,537,945 shares of our common stock from the Investor Parties and Larry C. Buckelew (the “Share Purchase”).  The Share Purchase remains subject to various closing conditions, and is expected to be completed within a few weeks of the filing of this Form 10-K.  Upon completion of the Share Purchase, Thai Hot will beneficially own an aggregate of approximately 52% of the outstanding shares of our common stock.  In connection with the Share Purchase, Thai Hot and the Company will enter into a governance, voting and standstill agreement, which will provide that Thai Hot is prohibited, for a period of three years after execution of the agreement, from purchasing any shares of the Company’s equity securities without the approval of the independent directors of the Company not affiliated with Thai Hot, subject to a right of Thai Hot to acquire additional shares to maintain its 52% ownership.  During the three-year period and for so long as Thai Hot owns at least 35% of the fully diluted equity securities of the Company, Thai Hot will have the right to appoint to our Board of Directors the number of directors necessary to comprise a majority of the Board of Directors as well as two designees on certain Board committees. In the event that Thai Hot beneficially owns less than 35% but at least 25% of the Company’s outstanding common stock, Thai Hot will have the right to nominate three members to our Board of Directors, and the number of its permitted committee designees will decrease to one. In the event Thai Hot beneficially own less than 25% but at least 15% of the Company’s outstanding common stock, Thai Hot will have the right to nominate one member to our Board of Directors, and it will lose its right to have any committee designees.  Upon completion of the Share Purchase, Thai Hot will therefore have the ability to exert significant influence on our management and operations, and to control the outcome of matters requiring stockholder approval. This concentration of ownership and voting power may have the effect of delaying or preventing a merger, consolidation, sale of assets or other similar transaction that involves a third party. It is possible that the interests of the Investor Parties, prior to completion of the Share Purchase, and Thai Hot, after its completion, may in some circumstances conflict with our interests or the interests of our other stockholders.

Because of the equity ownership of the Investor Parties, we are considered a “controlled company” for purposes of the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations: Global Market ("NASDAQ") listing requirements. We will also be considered a “controlled company” after completion of the Share Purchase.  As such, we are exempt from the requirement that the majority of our board of directors meet the standards of independence established by the NASDAQ and we are exempt from the requirement that we have a separate Compensation Committee comprised entirely of directors who meet those independence standards. We do not currently intend to rely upon the Compensation Committee exemption available for controlled companies, or, if the Thai Hot designees meet the NASDAQ standards of independence, the exemption from having a majority of independent directors.  However, we may choose to use the exemption at any time that we remain a controlled company.  

29


 

Possible volatility in our stock price could negatively affect us and our stockholders.

The trading price of our common stock has fluctuated significantly in the past. During the period from January 1, 2013 through December 31, 2015, the trading price of our common stock fluctuated from a high of $34.15 per share to a low of $6.73 per share. The price of our common stock could also be subject to wide fluctuations in the future as a result of a number of other factors, including the following:

 

·

changes in expectations as to future financial performance or buy/sell recommendations of securities analysts;

 

·

our, or a competitor's, announcement of new products or services, or significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments; and

 

·

the operating and stock price performance of other comparable companies.

In addition, the securities markets in the United States have experienced significant price and volume fluctuations. These fluctuations often have been unrelated to the operating performance of companies in these markets. Broad market and industry factors may lead to volatility in the price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance. Moreover, our stock has limited trading volume, and this illiquidity may increase the volatility of our stock price.

In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of an individual company's securities, securities class action litigation often has been instituted against that company. The institution of similar litigation against us could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management's attention and resources, which could negatively affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law and our organizational documents may discourage an acquisition of us.

Our organizational documents and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware both contain provisions that impede the removal of directors and may discourage another party from making a proposal to acquire us, even if such a proposal would be in the best interest of our stockholders. For example, the provisions:

 

·

permit the board of directors to increase its own size and fill the resulting vacancies;

 

·

provide for a board composed of three classes of directors with each class serving a staggered three-year term;

 

·

authorize the issuance of additional shares of preferred stock in one or more series without a stockholder vote; and

 

·

establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to the board of directors.

Moreover, these provisions can only be amended by the vote of two-thirds or more of our outstanding shares entitled to vote. Furthermore, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control.

Risks Related to Our Debt

Our substantial debt could restrict our operations and make us more vulnerable to adverse economic conditions.

We are highly leveraged. As of December 31, 2015, we had $577.7 million of outstanding debt, excluding letters of credit, and approximately $25.7 million was available for borrowing under our revolving credit facility. Our substantial debt could have important consequences for our stockholders. For example, it requires us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our debt, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures and acquisitions and for other general corporate purposes. In addition, our debt could:

 

·

increase our vulnerability to economic downturns and competitive pressures in our industry;

 

·

place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt in relation to cash flow;

 

·

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and our industry; and

 

·

limit our ability to borrow additional funds on terms that are satisfactory to us or at all.

30


 

Our credit agreement contains restrictions on our ability to incur additional debt and engage in business activities and requirements that we maintain specified financial ratios. If we cannot comply with these covenants, we may be in default under these agreements.

Our credit agreement contains affirmative and negative covenants that restrict, among other things, our ability to:

 

·

incur additional debt;

 

·

sell assets;

 

·

create liens or other encumbrances;

 

·

make certain payments and dividends; or

 

·

merge or consolidate.

In addition, the credit agreement also contains a leverage ratio covenant requiring the Company to maintain a maximum total debt to consolidated adjusted EBITDA expense that ranges from 4.95 to 1.00 to 4.30 to 1.00. For the period ended December 31, 2015, the Credit Agreement requires a maximum leverage ratio of not more than 4.55 to 1.00, decreasing to 4.00 to 1.00 for the period ended December 31, 2016.

All of these restrictions could affect our ability to operate our business and may limit our ability to take advantage of potential business opportunities as they arise. A failure to comply with these covenants and restrictions would permit the relevant creditors to declare all amounts borrowed under the relevant borrowing, together with accrued interest and fees, to be immediately due and payable. If the debt under the credit facility is accelerated, we may not have sufficient assets to repay amounts due under the credit facility or on other debt then outstanding. If we are unable to refinance our debt, we could become subject to bankruptcy proceedings, and you may lose all or a portion of your investment because of the priority of the claims of certain of our creditors on our assets.

If there is a default under the agreements governing our material debt, the value of our assets may not be sufficient to repay our creditors.

Our property and equipment, which make up a significant portion of our tangible assets, had a net book value of $195.3 million as of December 31, 2015 and $149.3 million as of December 31, 2014. The book value of these assets should not be relied on as a measure of realizable value for such assets. The realizable value may be lower than net book value. The value of our assets in the event of liquidation will depend upon market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and similar factors. A sale of these assets in a bankruptcy or similar proceeding would likely be made under duress, which would reduce the amounts recovered. Furthermore, such a sale could occur when other companies in our industry also are distressed, which might increase the supply of similar assets and further reduce the amounts that could be recovered. Our goodwill and other intangible assets had a net book value of $265.7 million as of December 31, 2015 and $179.8 million as of December 31, 2014. These assets primarily consist of the excess of the acquisition cost over the fair market value of the net assets acquired in purchase transactions, customer contracts and costs to obtain certificates of need. The value of goodwill and other intangible assets will continue to depend significantly upon the success of our business as a going concern and the growth in future cash flows. As a result, in the event of a default under the agreements governing our material debt or any bankruptcy or dissolution, the realizable value of these assets will likely be substantially lower and may be insufficient to satisfy the claims of our creditors.

The financial condition of our assets will likely deteriorate during any period of financial distress preceding a sale of our assets. In addition, much of our assets consist of illiquid assets that may have to be sold at a substantial discount in an insolvency situation. Accordingly, the proceeds of any such sale of our assets may not be sufficient to satisfy, and may be substantially less than, amounts due to our creditors.

Despite current debt levels, we and our subsidiaries may still be able to incur substantially more debt, which could increase the risks described above.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional debt in the future. The terms of our credit agreement permit us or our subsidiaries to incur additional debt, subject to certain restrictions. In addition, as of December 31, 2015, our credit facility permitted additional borrowings of up to approximately $25.7 million under our revolving credit facility subject to the covenants contained in our credit facility. If we add new debt to our or our subsidiaries' current debt levels, the risks discussed above could intensify.

31


 

If we are unable to generate or borrow sufficient cash to make payments on our debt or to refinance our debt on acceptable terms when it matures, our financial condition would be materially harmed, our business could fail and you may lose all of your investment.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on or to refinance our obligations at maturity will depend on our financial and operating performance, which will be affected by economic, financial, competitive, business and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. As a result of global market and economic conditions, such as occurred during the recent global financial crisis, the cost and availability of credit and equity capital may be severely affected. We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be available to us in an amount sufficient to enable us to service our debt or to fund our other liquidity needs. If we are unable to meet our debt obligations or fund our other liquidity needs, we may need to restructure or refinance all or a portion of our debt on or before maturity or sell certain of our assets. We cannot assure you that we will be able to restructure or refinance any of our debt on commercially reasonable terms, if at all, which could cause us to default on our debt obligations and impair our liquidity. Any refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations.

Increases in interest rates could adversely affect our financial condition.

An increase in prevailing interest rates would have an effect on the interest rates charged on our variable rate debt, which rise and fall upon changes in interest rates. As of December 31, 2015, approximately $537.0 million of our debt was at variable interest rates. If prevailing interest rates or other factors result in higher interest rates, the increased interest expense would adversely affect our cash flow and our ability to service our debt. If interest rates are higher when our debt becomes due, we may be forced to borrow at the higher rates.

As a protection against rising interest rates, we may enter into agreements such as interest rate swaps, caps, floors and other interest rate exchange contracts. These agreements, however, carry the risks that the other parties to the agreements may not perform or that the agreements could be unenforceable. In the fourth quarter of 2013, we entered into five interest rate cap agreements to avoid unplanned volatility in the income statement due to changes in the London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") interest rate environment. These agreements, which mature in December 2019, have a total notional amount of $250.0 million and were designated as cash flow hedges of future cash interest payments associated with a portion of our variable rate bank debt. Under these arrangements, we have purchased a cap on LIBOR at 2.50%.

 

 

ITEM 1B.

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not applicable.

ITEM 2.

PROPERTIES

We lease approximately 40,596 square feet of space in Newport Beach, California for our executive and principal administrative offices. We lease 13,396 square feet of space in Nashville, Tennessee for our Alliance Oncology executive and administrative offices. We also lease 19,979 square feet of space in Canton, Ohio for our retail billing and scheduling operations. We lease 16,243 square feet of space for a large regional office in Andover, Massachusetts, in addition to other small regional offices we lease throughout the country. We also lease an 11,200 square foot operations warehouse in Fontana, California and a 9,000 square foot operations warehouse in Childs, Pennsylvania, which are used for the Radiology Division.

ITEM 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

From time to time we are involved in routine litigation and regulatory matters incidental to the conduct of our business. We believe that resolution of such matters will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations or financial position.

On June 14, 2013, Alliance Oncology, LLC, our subsidiary, filed a complaint against Harvard Vanguard Medical Associates, Inc. (“HVMA”) in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts, including several claims seeking damages resulting from HVMA’s early termination of a long-term services agreement between the two companies. HVMA filed an answer to Alliance Oncology’s complaint on August 27, 2013.  Without specifying its alleged damages, HVMA also asserted several counterclaims in its answer.  We filed our answer to HVMA’s counterclaims on October 4, 2013. On November 13, 2015, the parties agreed to a mutually acceptable confidential settlement agreement. The complaint was dismissed with prejudice by the District Court.

On February 10, 2015, Alliance Oncology was served with a lawsuit in the United States District Court for the Western District of Missouri by Dr. Barry Michael Driver. At the time the lawsuit was filed, the Plaintiff was an employed physician at Alliance

32


 

Oncology’s Joplin, Missouri, Radiation Therapy Cancer Treatment Center. The Plaintiff alleged Alliance Oncology breached his employment agreement by failing to pay him in accordance with the terms of the contract. Alliance Oncology disputed Dr. Driver’s interpretation of the employment agreement and asserted Dr. Driver was paid appropriately. On September 9, 2015, the parties agreed to resolve the matter by mutual agreement whereby the Company agreed to pay the Plaintiff $1,500 as full release of any and all claims.

In November 2015, the Company was served with a lawsuit in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Ohio by Todd S. Elwert, DC, Inc.  The Complaint alleges violations of the Junk Fax Prevention Act for allegedly sending an unsolicited advertisement to Plaintiff which promoted commercial availability and/or quality of the Company’s services. The Plaintiff further alleges that it is part of a class of similarly situated chiropractors who received the blast fax, and as such, requested class certification.  The Company filed its response on December 17, 2015 and is currently in the discovery phase of the lawsuit.  

ITEM 4.

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

 

 

33


 

PART II

ITEM 5.

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS, AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “AIQ.”  The following table indicates the high and low prices for our common stock for the periods indicated based upon information supplied by the NASDAQ Global Market.

The table below illustrates per share price ranges for each quarter during 2015 and 2014:

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

High

 

 

Low

 

 

High

 

 

Low

 

First Quarter

 

$

25.33

 

 

$

19.76

 

 

$

33.81

 

 

$

26.24

 

Second Quarter

 

$

24.49

 

 

$

17.83

 

 

$

34.15

 

 

$

26.91

 

Third Quarter

 

$

19.04

 

 

$

9.00

 

 

$

29.83

 

 

$

22.61

 

Fourth Quarter

 

$

10.92

 

 

$

6.73

 

 

$

25.12

 

 

$

19.14

 

 

Holders

As of March 10, 2016, there were 17 stockholders of record of our common stock and approximately 2,000 beneficial holders of our common stock.

Holders

We have never paid any cash dividends on our common stock and have no current plans to do so. We intend to retain available cash to operate our business, including capital expenditures, future acquisitions and debt repayment. Our credit agreement restricts the payment of cash dividends on our common stock. See Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.

SECURITIES AUTHORIZED FOR ISSUANCE UNDER EQUITY COMPENSATION PLANS

Our stockholders have previously approved all stock option plans under which our common stock is reserved for issuance. The following table provides summary information as of December 31, 2015 for all of our stock option plans:

 

 

 

Number of shares

of Common Stock

to be issued upon

exercise of

outstanding options

 

 

Weighted-average

exercise price of

outstanding options

 

 

Number of shares

of Common Stock

remaining available

for future issuance

(excluding shares

reflected in column 1)

 

Stock option plans approved by shareholders

 

 

646,290

 

 

$

19.91

 

 

 

476,044

 

Stock option plans not approved by shareholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

646,290

 

 

$

19.91

 

 

 

476,044

 

 

34


 

STOCK PERFORMANCE GRAPH

The following graph sets forth the cumulative return on our common stock from December 31, 2010 through December 31, 2015, as compared to the cumulative return of the S&P 500 Index and the cumulative return of the S&P Health Care Index. The graph assumes that $100 was invested on December 31, 2010 in each of (1) our common stock, (2) the S&P 500 Index and (3) the S&P Health Care Index and that all dividends (if applicable) were reinvested.

 

 

 

 

12/31/2010

 

 

12/31/2011

 

 

12/31/2012

 

 

12/31/2013

 

 

12/31/2014

 

 

12/31/2015

 

Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc.

 

 

100.00

 

 

 

74.26

 

 

 

22.07

 

 

 

22.35

 

 

 

86.65

 

 

 

73.52

 

S&P 500

 

 

100.00

 

 

 

115.06

 

 

 

117.49

 

 

 

136.30

 

 

 

180.44

 

 

 

205.14

 

S&P Health Care Index

 

 

100.00

 

 

 

102.90

 

 

 

116.00

 

 

 

136.75

 

 

 

193.45

 

 

 

242.46

 

 

This graph and the accompanying text are not “soliciting material,” are not deemed filed with the SEC and are not to be incorporated by reference in any filing by us under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether made before or after the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation language in any such filing.

 

 

35


 

ITEM 6.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

The selected consolidated financial data shown below has been taken or derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and should be read in conjunction with Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (in thousands, except per share data).

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

2011

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

$

473,054

 

 

$

436,387

 

 

$

448,831

 

 

$

472,258

 

 

$

493,651

 

Costs and expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenues, excluding depreciation and

   amortization

 

 

269,104

 

 

 

237,420

 

 

 

239,397

 

 

 

253,225

 

 

 

279,751

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

88,471

 

 

 

79,903

 

 

 

80,215

 

 

 

76,022

 

 

 

77,140

 

Transaction costs

 

 

3,296

 

 

 

2,344

 

 

 

465

 

 

 

994

 

 

 

3,429

 

Shareholder transaction costs

 

 

1,853

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severance and related costs

 

 

1,347

 

 

 

2,517

 

 

 

1,658

 

 

 

2,226

 

 

 

3,991

 

Impairment charges

 

 

6,817

 

 

 

308

 

 

 

13,031

 

 

 

 

 

 

167,792

 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26,018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation expense

 

 

48,595

 

 

 

54,971

 

 

 

66,319

 

 

 

79,333

 

 

 

89,974

 

Amortization expense

 

 

9,325

 

 

 

7,880

 

 

 

10,973

 

 

 

15,861

 

 

 

16,444

 

Interest expense and other, net

 

 

26,241

 

 

 

24,693

 

 

 

39,170

 

 

 

54,101

 

 

 

49,789

 

Other (income) and expense, net

 

 

(12,255

)

 

 

(1,823

)

 

 

(1,945

)

 

 

3,036

 

 

 

2,203

 

Total costs and expenses

 

 

442,794

 

 

 

408,213

 

 

 

475,301

 

 

 

484,798

 

 

 

690,513

 

Income (loss) before income taxes, earnings from

   unconsolidated investees and noncontrolling interest

 

 

30,260

 

 

 

28,174

 

 

 

(26,470

)

 

 

(12,540

)

 

 

(196,862

)

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

6,536

 

 

 

7,327

 

 

 

(12,398

)

 

 

(6,710

)

 

 

(38,242

)

Earnings from unconsolidated investees

 

 

(3,391

)

 

 

(4,654

)

 

 

(5,630

)

 

 

(4,667

)

 

 

(3,516

)

Net income (loss)

 

 

27,115

 

 

 

25,501

 

 

 

(8,442

)

 

 

(1,163

)

 

 

(155,104

)

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

 

(20,373

)

 

 

(14,883

)

 

 

(13,041

)

 

 

(10,775

)

 

 

(5,008

)

Net income (loss) attributable to Alliance HealthCare

   Services, Inc.

 

$

6,742

 

 

$

10,618

 

 

$

(21,483

)

 

$

(11,938

)

 

$

(160,112

)

Income (loss) per common share attributable to Alliance

   HealthCare Services, Inc.:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic (1)

 

$

0.63

 

 

$

1.00

 

 

$

(2.02

)

 

$

(1.12

)

 

$

(15.07

)

Diluted

 

$

0.62

 

 

$

0.98

 

 

$

(2.02

)

 

$

(1.12

)

 

$

(15.07

)

Weighted average number of shares of common stock and

   common stock equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic (1)

 

 

10,741

 

 

 

10,669

 

 

 

10,634

 

 

 

10,624

 

 

 

10,626

 

Diluted

 

 

10,849

 

 

 

10,836

 

 

 

10,634

 

 

 

10,624

 

 

 

10,626

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

38,070

 

 

$

33,033

 

 

$

34,702

 

 

$

39,977

 

 

$

44,190

 

Total assets

 

 

634,887

 

 

 

500,885

 

 

 

489,847

 

 

 

560,141

 

 

 

663,094

 

Long-term debt, including current maturities

 

 

577,685

 

 

 

507,289

 

 

 

529,674

 

 

 

558,635

 

 

 

643,483

 

Stockholders’ (deficit)

 

 

(66,576

)

 

 

(111,480

)

 

 

(136,617

)

 

 

(116,293

)

 

 

(104,911

)

 

(1)

Share and per share amounts have been retroactively adjusted to reflect our one-for-five reverse stock split effective as of December 26, 2012.

 

 

36


 

ITEM 7.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Overview

We are a leading national provider of outsourced healthcare services to hospitals and providers. We also operate freestanding outpatient radiology, oncology and interventional clinics, and Ambulatory Surgical Centers (“ASC”) that are not owned by hospitals or providers. Our diagnostic radiology services are delivered through the Radiology Division (Alliance HealthCare Radiology), radiation oncology services through the Oncology Division (Alliance Oncology, LLC), and interventional and pain management services through the Interventional HealthCare Services Division (Alliance HealthCare Interventional Partners, LLC). We are the nation’s largest provider of advanced diagnostic mobile radiology services, an industry-leading operator of fixed-site radiology centers, and a leading provider of stereotactic radiosurgery nationwide. As of December 31, 2015, we operated 563 diagnostic imaging and radiation therapy systems, including 116 fixed-site radiology centers across the country, and 32 radiation therapy centers and stereotactic radiosurgery (“SRS”) facilities. With a strategy of partnering with hospitals, health systems and physician practices, we provide quality healthcare services for over 1,000 hospitals and healthcare partners in 45 states where approximately 2,430 Alliance Team Members are committed to providing exceptional patient care and exceeding customer expectations. We were incorporated in the state of Delaware on May 27, 1987.

Service Overview

 

·

Radiology Division: We provide comprehensive radiology service line management and fixed-site radiology center management through our RAD360TM service in our Radiology Division. We also provide mobile and interim medical imaging systems to hospitals, health systems and provider groups. These services normally include the use of our medical imaging systems, technologists to operate the systems, sales and marketing, patient scheduling and pre authorization, billing and payor management, equipment maintenance and upgrades, and overall management of day-to-day shared-service and fixed-site diagnostic imaging operations.

 

·

Oncology Division: We provide a wide range of radiation oncology services for cancer patients covering initial consultation, preparation for treatment, simulation of treatment, radiation oncology delivery, therapy management and follow-up care. Our services include the use of our linear accelerators (“Linac”) and SRS, therapists to operate those systems, sales and marketing, patient scheduling and pre authorization, billing and payor management, equipment maintenance and upgrades and management of day-to-day operations.

 

·

Interventional HealthCare Services Division: We provide interventional healthcare through therapeutic minimally invasive pain management procedures medical management, laboratory testing, and other services. Interventional procedures are performed in either a procedure room or ASC environment, as determined by the treating physician. Interventional therapies are playing a more critical role in the care and treatment pathway for patients, but they are also playing an important role in how care is delivered.

We currently operate in two reportable business segments – radiology and oncology. Radiology and oncology divisions generated 72% and 21% of our revenue, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2015. Radiology and oncology divisions generated 79% and 21% of our revenue, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2014.  Radiology and oncology divisions generated 83% and 17% of our revenue, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2013. For additional information on reportable business segments, see Note 17 – Segment Information.

Our clients and partners contract with us to provide radiology, radiation oncology and interventional healthcare services to:

 

·

take advantage of our extensive radiology, radiation oncology and interventional healthcare service lines management experience;

 

·

partner with a leader whose core competency is high-quality, efficient and scalable services in the areas of radiology, interventional healthcare and radiation oncology services.

 

·

avoid capital investment, financial risk and contracting for maintenance associated with the purchase of their own systems;

 

·

provide access to radiology, radiation oncology, interventional healthcare and other services for their patients when the demand for these services does not justify the purchase of dedicated, full-time systems;

 

·

eliminate the need to recruit, train and manage qualified technologists or therapists;

 

·

make use of our ancillary services; and,

 

·

gain access to services under our regulatory and licensing approvals when they do not have these approvals.

37


 

 

Factors Affecting our Results of Operations

Pricing

Continued expansion of health maintenance organizations, preferred provider organizations and other managed care organizations have influence over the pricing of our services because these organizations can exert greater control over patients' access to our services and reimbursement rates for accessing those services.

Cost of revenues

The principal components of our cost of revenues include compensation paid to technologists, therapists, drivers and other clinical staff; system maintenance costs; insurance; medical supplies; system transportation; team members’ travel costs; and professional costs related to the delivery of radiation therapy and professional radiology interpretation services. Because a majority of these expenses are fixed, increased revenues as a result of higher scan and treatment volumes per system significantly improves our margins while lower scan and treatment volumes result in lower margins.

Selling, general and administrative expenses

The principal components of selling, general and administrative expenses are sales and marketing costs, corporate overhead costs, provision for doubtful accounts, and share-based payment.

Noncontrolling interest and earnings

We record noncontrolling interest and earnings from unconsolidated investees related to our consolidated and unconsolidated subsidiaries, respectively. These subsidiaries primarily provide shared-service and fixed-site diagnostic imaging and radiation therapy services.

Third-party payor reimbursement rates and policies

We experience seasonality in the revenues and margins generated for our services. First and fourth quarter revenues are typically lower than those from the second and third quarters. First quarter revenue is affected primarily by fewer calendar days and inclement weather, typically resulting in fewer patients being scanned or treated during the period. Fourth quarter revenues are affected by holiday and client and patient vacation schedules, resulting in fewer scans or treatments during the period. The variability in margins is higher than the variability in revenues due to the fixed nature of our costs. We also experience fluctuations in our revenues and margins due to acquisition activity and general economic conditions, including recession or economic slowdown.

38


 

Results of Operations

The following table shows our consolidated statements of operations as a percentage of revenues for each of the years ended December 31:

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Revenues

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

Costs and expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenues, excluding depreciation and amortization

 

 

56.9

 

 

 

54.4

 

 

 

53.3

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

18.7

 

 

 

18.3

 

 

 

17.9

 

Transaction costs

 

 

0.7

 

 

 

0.5

 

 

 

0.1

 

Shareholder transaction costs

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severance and related costs

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

0.6

 

 

 

0.4

 

Impairment charges

 

 

1.4

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

2.9

 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.8

 

Depreciation expense

 

 

10.3

 

 

 

12.6

 

 

 

14.8

 

Amortization expense

 

 

2.0

 

 

 

1.8

 

 

 

2.4

 

Interest expense and other, net

 

 

5.5

 

 

 

5.7

 

 

 

8.7

 

Other (income) and expense, net

 

 

(2.6

)

 

 

(0.4

)

 

 

(0.4

)

Total costs and expenses

 

 

93.6

 

 

 

93.5

 

 

 

105.9

 

Income (loss) before income taxes, earnings from unconsolidated investees,

   and noncontrolling interest

 

 

6.4

 

 

 

6.5

 

 

 

(5.9

)

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

1.4

 

 

 

1.7

 

 

 

(2.8

)

Earnings from unconsolidated investees

 

 

(0.7

)

 

 

(1.1

)

 

 

(1.3

)

Net income (loss)

 

 

5.7

 

 

 

5.8

 

 

 

(1.9

)

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest, net of tax

 

 

(4.3

)

 

 

(3.4

)

 

 

(2.9

)

Net income (loss) attributable to Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc.

 

 

1.4

%

 

 

2.4

%

 

 

(4.8

)%

 

The table below provides MRI statistical information for the years ended December 31:

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

MRI statistics

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average number of total systems

 

 

257.2

 

 

 

249.2

 

 

 

256.3

 

Average number of scan-based systems

 

 

208.0

 

 

 

206.9

 

 

 

214.2

 

Scans per system per day (scan-based systems)

 

 

8.98

 

 

 

8.58

 

 

 

8.40

 

Total number of scan-based MRI scans

 

 

508,856

 

 

 

475,044

 

 

 

476,305

 

Price per scan

 

$

315.18

 

 

$

339.84

 

 

$

352.67

 

 

The table below provides PET/CT statistical information for each of the years ended December 31:

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

PET/CT statistics

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average number of total systems

 

 

115.6

 

 

 

112.1

 

 

 

112.2

 

Average number of scan-based systems

 

 

107.9

 

 

 

105.1

 

 

 

105.4

 

Scans per system per day

 

 

5.36

 

 

 

5.32

 

 

 

5.57

 

Total number of PET/CT scans

 

 

139,828

 

 

 

137,313

 

 

 

147,941

 

Price per scan

 

$

890.35

 

 

$

943.28

 

 

$

953.85

 

 

The table below provides oncology statistical information for each of the years ended December 31:

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Oncology statistics

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Linac treatments

 

 

86,491

 

 

 

82,215

 

 

 

63,014

 

Stereotactic radiosurgery patients

 

 

3,416

 

 

 

3,100

 

 

 

2,713

 

 

39


 

Following are the components of revenue (in millions) for each of the years ended December 31:

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

MRI revenue

 

$

183.9

 

 

$

180.8

 

 

$

187.2

 

PET/CT revenue

 

 

128.4

 

 

 

133.2

 

 

 

145.0

 

Oncology revenue

 

 

100.0

 

 

 

92.9

 

 

 

77.9

 

Other revenue

 

 

60.8

 

 

 

29.4

 

 

 

38.7

 

Total

 

$

473.1

 

 

$

436.4

 

 

$

448.8

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Total fixed-site imaging center revenue (in millions)

 

$

110.6

 

 

$

109.2

 

 

$

116.2

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to Year Ended December, 2014

Revenue increased $36.7 million, or 8.4%, to $473.1 million in 2015 compared to $436.4 million in 2014 due to net increases in MRI revenue of $3.1 million, oncology revenue of $7.1 million and other revenues of $31.4 million, partially offset by a decrease of $4.8 million in PET/CT revenue. The increase in our oncology revenue is due to an overall increase in patient volume, number of treatments performed and acquisitions. The increase in our other revenues was primarily due to an incremental $31.1 million from TPC and $3.1 million from PRC, both of which are 2015 joint venture acquisitions. MRI and PET/CT revenue remained consistent with prior year with a slight decrease of $1.7 million.

MRI revenue increased $3.1 million in 2015, or 1.7%, compared to 2014, primarily due to an increase in non scan-based MRI revenue of $4.1 million, or 21.4%, to $23.5 million in 2015 from $19.4 million in 2014, partially offset by a decrease in scan-based MRI revenue of $1.0 million, or 0.7%, to $160.4 million in 2015 from $161.4 million in 2014. The decrease in scan-based MRI revenue was primarily due to year-over-year decreases in the average price per MRI scan offset by increases in the number of the average scan-based systems in service and the average scans per system, per day. The average price per MRI scan decreased 7.3% to $315.18 in 2015 from $339.84 per scan in 2014, as we priced competitively to protect and maintain our market share in the mobile and fixed-site imaging market. The average number of scan-based systems in service increased 0.5% to 208.0 in 2015 from 206.9 systems in 2014, and average scans per system per day increased 4.7% to 8.98 in 2015 from 8.58 scans per day in 2014.

PET/CT revenue in 2015 decreased $4.8 million, or 3.6%, compared to 2014. This decrease was primarily due to a 5.6% decrease in the average price per PET/CT to $890.35 in 2015 from $943.28 per scan in 2014, as we priced competitively to protect and maintain our market share in the mobile imaging market, partially offset by an increase in the number of the average scan-based systems in service of 2.7%, or 107.9 in 2015 from 105.1 in 2014, and an increase in total PET/CT scan volumes of 1.8% to 139,828 scans in 2015 from 137,313 scans in 2014. Scans per system per day increased to 5.36 in 2015 compared to 3.32 in 2014.

Oncology revenue increased $7.1 million, or 7.6%, to $100.0 million in 2015 compared to $92.9 million in 2014, primarily due to a 5.2% increase, or 4,276 Linear accelerator (“Linac”) treatments performed in 2015 when compared to 2014, and a 10.2% increase, or 316 additional SRS patients we treated in 2015 when compared to 2014. The growth in Linac treatments was primarily due to our acquisition of CARTC in the fourth quarter of 2014.

Other revenues, which includes revenues generated from our Interventional HealthCare Services Division, management fees and other, increased by $31.4 million or 106.6%, were $60.8 million in 2015 compared to $29.4 million in 2014. The increase in other revenue was primarily driven by our 2015 acquisitions of TPC and PRC joint ventures in our Interventional HealthCare Services Division.

At December 31, 2015, we had 276 MRI systems and 121 PET/CT systems. We had 258 MRI systems and 124 PET/CT systems at December 31, 2014. We operated 116 fixed-site imaging centers (including one unconsolidated investee) at December 31, 2015, compared to 117 fixed-site radiology centers (including one in unconsolidated investee) at December 31, 2014. We operated 32 oncology centers (including one unconsolidated investee) at December 31, 2015, compared to 31 oncology centers (including one unconsolidated investee) at December 31, 2014.

Cost of revenues, excluding depreciation and amortization, increased $31.7 million, or 13.3%, to $269.1 million in 2015 compared to $237.4 million in 2014. The increase in cost of revenues is primarily due to an increase in compensation and related employee expenses of $25.4 million, or 24.7%, primarily due to salary costs in connection with our new affiliations with CARTC, TPC and PRC, an increase to medical supplies of $3.4 million, or 17.7%, an increase in equipment rental expense of $3.2 million, or 34.2%, an increase to rents expense of $2.1 million, or 30.7%, and an increase to maintenance and related costs of $2.0 million, or

40


 

4.1%, due to our new aforementioned affiliates and the timing of system repairs. These increases are partially offset by a decrease to transportation and fuel expenses of $1.9 million, or 22.9%, and a decrease in license, taxes and fees of $0.9 million, or 24.1%. All other cost of revenues, excluding depreciation and amortization, decreased $1.5 million, or 3.8%. Cost of revenues, excluding depreciation and amortization, as a percentage of revenue, increased to 56.9% in 2015, compared to 54.4% in 2014.

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $8.6 million, or 10.7%, to $88.5 million in 2015 compared to $79.9 million in 2014. The increase to selling, general and administrative expenses was primarily due to increases in compensation and related employee expenses of $7.0 million, or 15.0%, and rent expenses of $0.3 million, or 17.0%, driven by increases in investments from our growth programs and infrastructure to support our acquisitions. The increase was also due to an increase in our bad debt expense of $0.3 million, or 9.5%, and an increase in license, taxes and fees of $0.4 million, or 45.8%. All other selling, general and administrative expenses in 2015 increased $0.6 million, or 2.3%, compared to 2014. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue was 18.7% in 2015 compared to 18.3% in 2014.

Severance and related costs decreased $1.2 million, or 46.5%, to $1.3 million in 2015 compared to $2.5 million in 2014. During the first half of 2014, an executive officer departed from our Company, leading to higher expenses.

Transaction costs increased $1.0 million, or 40.6%, to $3.3 million in 2015 compared to $2.3 million in 2014 due to expenses incurred related to various acquisitions in 2015, including our joint venture partnerships with TPC and PRC, which provides interventional healthcare services and treatment for patients at multiple locations throughout Arizona and Florida.

Shareholder transaction costs of $1.9 million are a direct result from the pending Thai Hot transaction, whereby Thai Hot and the Selling Stockholders agreed to bear a specified portion of the transaction costs.  Further discussion of the Thai Hot transaction is disclosed in Note 15 – Related-Party Transactions.

Impairment charges increased to $6.8 million in 2015 compared to $0.3 million in 2014. During 2015, the Company implemented a plan to start the process to close a radiation therapy center and, as a result, recorded a non-cash charge to write off $6,670 of intangible assets not subject to amortization associated with that center in its Oncology Division. Further discussion of impairment charges is disclosed in Note 6 – Impairment Charges.

Depreciation expense decreased $6.4 million, or 11.6%, to $48.6 million in 2015 compared to $55.0 million in 2014 due to the year over year increase in the number of units in our fleet that are fully depreciated along with our decision to upgrade units we currently own as an alternative to purchasing new equipment.

Amortization expense increased $1.4 million, or 18.3%, to $9.3 million in 2015 compared to $7.9 million in 2014. This increase is primarily due to additional amortization charges related to intangible assets that were acquired in recent transactions. Further discussion of recent transactions is disclosed in Note 3 – Acquisitions and Transactions.

Interest expense and other, net increased $1.5 million, or 6.3%, to $26.2 million in 2015 compared to $24.7 million in 2014, primarily due to increased borrowings under our senior secured credit agreement and increased equipment debt.

Other income, net of expenses increased to $12.3 million in 2015 compared to $1.8 million in 2014. As a result of consolidating AHNI in 2015, we recorded a non-cash gain on step acquisition of $10.7 million. Further discussion of the AHNI transaction is disclosed in Note 3 – Acquisitions and Transactions.

Income tax expense was $6.5 million in 2015 compared to a $7.3 million in 2014. Our effective tax rates differed from the federal statutory rate principally as a result of state income taxes and permanent non-deductible tax items, such as shareholder transaction costs.

Earnings from unconsolidated investees decreased $1.3 million, or 27.1%, to $3.4 million in 2015 compared to $4.7 million in 2014. The decrease in earnings from unconsolidated investees is primarily as a result from the consolidation of AHNI, effective August 1, 2015. Further discussion of the AHNI transaction is disclosed in Note 3 – Acquisitions and Transactions.

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest increased $5.5 million, or 36.9%, to $20.4 million in 2015 compared to $14.9 million in 2014. The increase is mostly attributed to improved net income we derived from our joint venture partners, and to a lesser degree, the addition of new joint ventures in 2015.

Net income attributable to Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc. was $6.7 million, or $0.62 per share on a diluted basis, in 2015 compared to $10.6 million, or $0.98 per share on a diluted basis, in 2014.

41


 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2014 Compared to Year Ended December, 2013

Revenue decreased $12.4 million, or 2.8%, to $436.4 million in 2014 compared to $448.8 million in 2013 due to net decreases in PET/CT and MRI revenue of $18.2 million and other revenues of $9.3 million, mostly attributed to the sale of our professional radiology services business in December 2013. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in oncology revenue of $15.1 million, due to an overall increase in patient volume and number of treatments performed while our new joint venture partnerships with the Medical University of South Carolina and Charleston Area Medical Center also contributed to the growth in oncology revenue.

MRI revenue decreased $6.4 million in 2014, or 3.4%, compared to 2013. Scan-based MRI revenue decreased $6.5 million in 2014, or 3.9%, compared to 2013, to $161.4 million in 2014 from $168.0 million in 2013. The decrease in scan-based MRI revenue was primarily due to year-over-year decreases in the average price per MRI scan and average number of scan-based systems in service. The average price per MRI scan decreased to $339.84 per scan in 2014 from $352.67 per scan in 2013. The average number of scan-based systems in service decreased to 206.9 systems in 2014 from 214.2 systems in 2013. Average scans per system per day increased 2.1% in 2014 compared to 2013, from 8.40 scans per system per day in 2013 to 8.58 in 2014. Scan-based MRI scan volume decreased 0.3% to 475,044 scans in 2014 from 476,305 scans in 2013. Non scan-based MRI revenue increased $0.1 million in 2014 compared to 2013. Included in the revenue totals above is fixed-site imaging center revenues, which decreased $7.0 million, or 6.0%, to $109.2 million in 2014 from $116.2 million in 2013.

PET/CT revenue in 2014 decreased $11.8 million, or 8.1%, compared to 2013 due to a decrease in total PET/CT scan volumes and a reduction in the average price per PET/CT scan. Total PET/CT scan volumes decreased 7.2% to 137,313 scans in 2014 from 147,941 scans in 2013, and the average price per PET/CT scan decreased to $943 per scan in 2014 compared to $954 per scan in 2013. The average number of PET/CT systems in service remained approximately the same at 105.1 systems in 2014 from 105.4 systems in 2013. Scans per system per day decreased 4.5% to 5.32 scans per system per day in 2014 from 5.57 scans per system per day in 2013.

Oncology revenue increased $15.1 million, or 19.3%, to $92.9 million in 2014 compared to $77.9 million in 2013, primarily due to a 30.5% year-over-year increase in the number of Linac treatments performed in 2014, compared to 2013, and a 14.3% increase in the number of SRS patients we treated. These results include revenue from the strategic affiliation with the Medical University of South Carolina and the Charleston Area Medical Center in West Virginia, which commenced in the first and fourth quarters of 2014, respectively.

At December 31, 2014, we had 258 MRI systems and 124 PET/CT systems, including 19 MRI systems and nine PET/CT systems on operating leases as a result of our sale and lease transaction that occurred in the fourth quarter of 2012. We had 263 MRI systems and 122 PET and PET/CT systems at December 31, 2013. We operated 117 fixed-site imaging centers (including one unconsolidated investee) at December 31, 2014, compared to 125 fixed-site radiology centers (including one in unconsolidated investee) at December 31, 2013. We operated 31 oncology centers (including one unconsolidated investee) at December 31, 2014, compared to 28 oncology centers (including one unconsolidated investee) at December 31, 2013.

Cost of revenues, excluding depreciation and amortization, decreased $2.0 million, or 0.8%, to $237.4 million in 2014 compared to $239.4 million in 2013. The decrease in cost of revenues is primarily due to a $7.5 million, or 43.6% decrease in outside medical services expense due to lower radiology fees related to the sale of our professional radiology services business. Costs related to medical supplies decreased $1.0 million, or 5.1%, due to lower PET/CT scan volumes. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in compensation and related employee expenses of $5.4 million, or 5.2%, and an increase in maintenance and related costs of $1.7 million, or 3.2% due to our aging fleet of radiology equipment. All other cost of revenues, excluding depreciation and amortization, decreased $0.5 million, or 1.1%. Cost of revenues, as a percentage of revenue, remained relatively stable at 54.4% in 2014 compared to 53.3% in 2013.

Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased $0.3 million, or 0.4%, to $79.9 million in 2014 compared to $80.2 million in 2013. The majority of this decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses was due to a reduction in professional services of $1.6 million, or 11.9%, resulting from consulting and recruiting costs in the prior year to support the enhanced value proposition initiative. The provision for doubtful accounts decreased $0.8 million, or 22.2%, during 2014. The provision for doubtful accounts as a percentage of revenue was 0.6% and 0.8% in 2014 and 2013, respectively. Compensation and related employee expenses increased $1.6 million, or 3.3%, as a result of overall salary increases and an increase in headcount. Non-cash stock-based compensation expense was $1.5 million in both 2013 and 2014.  All other selling, general and administrative expenses increased $0.4 million, or 3.2%. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue were 18.3% and 17.9% in 2014 and 2013, respectively.

42


 

For the year ended December 31, 2014, in accordance with ASC 350, the Company performed its annual impairment test in the fourth quarter for goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives, using financial information as of September 30, 2014. From this analysis, the Company concluded that no impairment was present in its long-lived assets or intangible assets with definite useful lives. Additionally, an impairment charge of $0.3 was recorded in 2014 primarily due to the writing off of our equity investment an oncology treatment center upon the site's closure in 2014. Prior to the site's closure, we recorded an impairment charge in the fourth quarter of 2013 related to the pending expiration of our non-compete agreement with the related oncology physician. As negotiation efforts to renew the non-compete agreement were unsuccessful, we appropriately revalued all intangible assets specifically related to the single location originally purchased with a group of assets in 2011. The impairment charge in 2013 totaled $3.4 million, and was comprised of various assets including a physicians' referral network, trademarks, and professional services agreement, which were all written down to zero value.

In 2013, we recorded total impairment charges of $13.0 million. Specifically, we recognized an impairment charge of $4.5 million related to the closure of an imaging site location in August 2013, which was originally purchased in a group of assets acquired in 2007. Upon acquisition, we recorded both tangible and intangible assets including physician referral networks, non-compete agreements, certificates of need and goodwill. In late 2012, the term of a non-compete agreement ended causing a decline in revenue, ultimately resulting in the imaging site closure. Based on this triggering event, we deemed it appropriate to perform a valuation analysis of the remaining intangible assets related to the original acquisition. We applied the excess earnings method under the income approach to value the physician referral networks, and applied the beneficial earnings method under the income approach, and the guideline transaction method under the market approach to value the certificates of need.

Also in 2013, we impaired our intangible assets related to our professional services business as a result of our decision that our professional radiology services business did not align with the long-term strategic direction of the Radiology Division, and divested of our professional radiology services business in the fourth quarter of 2013. This triggering event resulted in revaluing intangible assets related to the professional services business at $1.5 million after recognizing an impairment charge of approximately $5.1 million related to the intangible assets in 2013. We based the carrying value of these intangible assets on the selling price we received in the sale transaction for the assets related to our professional services business. All other assets related to the divestiture of the professional services business were immaterial.

Severance and related costs increased $0.9 million, or 51.8%, to $2.5 million in 2014 compared to $1.7 million in 2013, due to the departure of an executive officer during the first half of 2014.

Transaction costs increased $1.9 million, or 404.1%, to $2.3 million in 2014 compared to $0.5 million in 2013 due to expenses incurred related to various acquisitions in 2014, including our joint venture partnership with Charleston Area Medical Center in West Virginia, which provides oncology treatment for patients at multiple locations throughout the state.

Depreciation expense decreased $11.3 million, or 17.1%, to $55.0 million in 2014 compared to $66.3 million in 2013 due to the year over year increase in the number of units in our fleet that are fully depreciated along with our decision to upgrade units we currently own as an alternative to purchasing new equipment.

Amortization expense decreased $3.1 million, or 28.2%, to $7.9 million in 2014 compared to $11.0 million in 2013. This decrease is primarily due to lower amortization charges related to intangible assets that were impaired or written off in the latter half of 2013.

Interest expense and other, net decreased $14.5 million, or 37.0%, to $24.7 million in 2014 compared to $39.2 million in 2013, primarily due to the redemption in December 2013 of the remaining outstanding principal amount of our 8% Notes due 2016 with funds borrowed under our new credit agreement and cash on hand. The interest rate pertaining to the amount borrowed under the incremental term loan to redeem the 8% Notes conforms to the rates discussed below in "Liquidity and Capital Resources".

Income tax expense was $7.3 million in 2014 compared to a $12.4 million tax benefit in 2013. Our effective tax rates differed from the federal statutory rate principally as a result of state income taxes and permanent non-deductible tax items.

Earnings from unconsolidated investees decreased $1.0 million, or 17.3%, to $4.7 million in 2014 compared to $5.6 million in 2013.

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest increased $1.8 million, or 14.1%, to $14.9 million in 2014 compared to $13.0 million in 2013. The increase is mostly attributed to improved net income we derived from our joint venture partners, and to a lesser degree, the addition of three new joint ventures in 2014.

Net income attributable to Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc. was $10.6 million, or $0.98 per share on a diluted basis, in 2014 compared to a net loss of $21.5 million, or ($2.02) per share on a diluted basis, in 2013.

43


 

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure of financial performance under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”). We believe that, in addition to GAAP metrics, this non-GAAP metric is a useful measure for investors, for a variety of reasons. Our management regularly communicates Adjusted EBITDA and their interpretation of such results to our board of directors. We also compare actual periodic Adjusted EBITDA against internal targets as a key factor in determining cash incentive compensation for executives and other employees, largely because we view Adjusted EBITDA results as indicative of how our radiology, radiation oncology and interventional healthcare services businesses are performing and are being managed.

We define Adjusted EBITDA, as net income (loss) before: interest expense, net of interest income; income taxes; depreciation expense; amortization expense; non-cash share-based compensation; severance and related costs; net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests; restructuring charges; fees and expenses related to transactions; non-cash impairment charges; legal matter expenses; other non-cash charges included in other (income) expense, net, which includes non-cash losses on sales of equipment, and non-cash gains on acquisitions of previously unconsolidated entities.

The presentation of a non-GAAP metric does not imply that the reconciling items presented are non-recurring, infrequent or unusual. In general, non-GAAP metrics have certain limitations as analytical financial measures and are used in conjunction with GAAP results to evaluate our operating performance and by considering independently the economic effects of the items that are, or are not, reflected in non-GAAP metrics. We compensate for such limitations by providing GAAP-based disclosures concerning the excluded items in our financial disclosures. As a result of these limitations, and because non-GAAP metrics may not be directly comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies, however, the non-GAAP metrics are not an alternative to the most directly comparable GAAP measure, or as an alternative to any other GAAP measure of operating performance.

Adjusted EBITDA in 2015 totaled $131.3 million, a decrease of 3.3%, compared to $135.8 million in 2014.  The decrease was primarily driven by competitive pricing pressure in our PET/CT business and a year-over-year decrease in add-backs to reach Adjusted EBITDA.

Adjusted EBITDA in 2014 totaled $135.8 million, a decrease of 7.9%, compared to $147.4 million in 2013. The decrease was primarily driven by both scan volume and pricing pressure in our PET/CT business. This was partially offset by an increase of Adjusted EBIDTA related to our Oncology Division from our new partnerships with MUSC and Charleston Area Medical Center.

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc.

 

$

6,742

 

 

$

10,618

 

 

$

(21,483

)

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

6,536

 

 

 

7,327

 

 

 

(12,398

)

Interest expense and other, net

 

 

26,241

 

 

 

24,693

 

 

 

39,170

 

Amortization expense

 

 

9,100

 

 

 

7,880

 

 

 

10,973

 

Depreciation expense

 

 

48,595

 

 

 

54,971

 

 

 

66,319

 

Share-based payment (included in selling, general and administrative

   expenses)

 

 

1,701

 

 

 

1,515

 

 

 

1,487

 

Severance and related costs

 

 

1,320

 

 

 

2,517

 

 

 

 

Noncontrolling interest in subsidiaries

 

 

20,373

 

 

 

14,883

 

 

 

13,041

 

Restructuring charges (Note 3)

 

 

1,327

 

 

 

2,602

 

 

 

7,182

 

Transaction costs

 

 

3,296

 

 

 

2,344

 

 

 

465

 

Shareholder transaction costs

 

 

1,853

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment charges

 

 

6,817

 

 

 

308

 

 

 

13,031

 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26,018

 

Legal expense matters

 

 

6,915

 

 

 

5,587

 

 

 

3,067

 

Non-cash gain on step acquisition (included in other income and expense, net)

 

 

(10,672

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other non-cash charges (included in other income and expense, net)

 

 

1,116

 

 

 

510

 

 

 

549

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

131,260

 

 

$

135,755

 

 

$

147,421

 

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our primary source of liquidity is cash provided by operating activities. We generated $92.5 million, $100.6 million and $86.5 million of cash flow from operating activities in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  Our ability to generate cash flow is affected by numerous factors, including demand for MRI, PET/CT, other diagnostic imaging, radiation oncology, and other revenues, including

44


 

interventional services. Our ability to generate cash flow from operating activities is also dependent upon the collections of our accounts receivable. The provision for doubtful accounts increased by $0.3 million in 2015 compared to 2014 and decreased by $0.8 million in 2014 compared to 2013. Our number of days of revenue outstanding for our accounts receivable falls within our expected range and historical experience and remained at 53 days as of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.  We believe this number is comparable to other radiology and oncology providers. As of December 31, 2015, we had $25.7 million of available borrowings under our revolving line of credit, net of $19.5 million outstanding on the revolving line of credit and $4.8 million outstanding in letters of credit.

We used cash of $118.5 million, $58.7 million and $24.6 million for investing activities in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Investing activities in 2015 included $55.5 million in cash used for equipment purchases, $49.1 million in cash used for acquisitions, and $15.8 million in cash used for deposits on equipment, offset by $1.9 million of proceeds from sales of assets. We used cash of $49.1 million related to acquisition activities in 2015, primarily to purchase an approximate a 59%, 60% and 95% membership interest in TPC, PRC and PCI, respectively. Further discussion of these transactions is disclosed in Note 3 – Acquisitions and Transactions.

Investing activities in 2014 included $32.2 million for the purchase of capital assets, net cash of $9.2 million for deposits on equipment and other capital projects not yet in service, cash of $16.0 million in acquisition-related activities primarily for our investment in the Charleston Area Medical Center, and net cash of $2.8 million due to a net increase in notes receivable. This use of cash was offset by $1.6 million of proceeds from the sale of assets.

We may continue to use cash for acquisitions in the future. Other than acquisitions, our primary use of capital resources is to fund capital expenditures. We spend capital:

 

·

to purchase new systems;

 

·

to replace less advanced systems with new systems;

 

·

to upgrade MRI, PET/CT and radiation oncology systems; and

 

·

to upgrade our corporate infrastructure, primarily in information technology.

Capital expenditures totaled $55.5 million, $32.2 million and $27.0 million in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. During 2015, we purchased 31 MRI, CT and PET/CT systems, nine other modality systems, and five radiation oncology systems. In addition, we upgraded various MRI, PET/CT and radiation oncology equipment, and traded-in or sold a total of 25 systems during 2015. We expect to purchase additional systems in 2016 and finance substantially all of these purchases with our available cash, cash from operating activities and equipment leases. We expect capital expenditures to total approximately $80 to $90 million in 2016 based on planned expansion of our Radiology, Oncology and Interventional HealthCare Services Divisions, which will require significant investment, and capital expenditures to maintain our existing portfolio of assets.

We had cash and cash equivalents of $38.1 million and $33.0 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Available cash and cash equivalents are held in accounts managed by third-party financial institutions and consist of invested cash and cash in our operating accounts. The invested cash is invested in interest-bearing funds managed by third-party financial institutions. To date, we have experienced no loss or lack of access to our invested cash or cash equivalents; however, we cannot assure that access to our invested cash and cash equivalents will not be affected by adverse conditions in the financial markets.

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, we had $29.5 million and $26.7 million, respectively, in our accounts with third-party financial institutions that exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance limits. While we monitor daily the cash balances in our operating accounts and adjust the cash balances as appropriate, these cash balances could be adversely affected if the underlying financial institutions fail or could be subject to other adverse conditions in the financial markets.

We believe that, based on current levels of operations, our cash flow from operating activities, together with other available sources of liquidity, including borrowings available under our revolving line of credit, will be sufficient over the next year to fund anticipated capital expenditures and make required payments of principal and interest on our debt and other contracts. As of December 31, 2015, we are in compliance with all covenants contained in our Credit Agreement, and expect that we will be in compliance with these covenants for the remainder of 2016.

Acquisitions

We typically use cash from our balance sheet and our revolving line of credit to fund acquisitions. During 2015, a total of $49.1 million in cash was paid for acquisitions and for the settlement of holdback liabilities and payments related to contingent consideration

45


 

arrangements associated with prior year acquisitions. Further discussion of our acquisitions is disclosed in Note 3 – Acquisitions and Transactions.

Credit Facility

On June 3, 2013, we replaced our existing credit facility with a new senior secured credit agreement with Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative agent, and the other lenders party thereto (the “Credit Agreement”). The Credit Agreement consists of (i) a $340.0 million, six-year term loan facility, (ii) a $50.0 million, five-year revolving loan facility, including a $20.0 million sublimit for letters of credit, (iii) uncommitted incremental loan facilities of $100.0 million of revolving or term loans, plus an additional amount if our pro forma leverage ratio is less than or equal to 3.25, subject to receipt of lender commitments and satisfaction of specified conditions, and (iv) an $80.0 million delayed draw term loan facility, which was required to be drawn within thirty days of June 3, 2013 and used for the redemption of our 8% Senior Notes due 2016 (the “Notes”) in the original aggregate principal amount of $190.0 million.

On July 3, 2013 the delayed draw term loan facility was utilized together with other available funds, of which the proceeds were used to redeem $80.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our outstanding Notes. The delayed draw term loan facility converted into, and matched the terms of, the new $340.0 million term loan facility.

Borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest through maturity at a variable rate based upon, at our option, either the London interbank offered rate ("LIBOR") or the base rate (which is the highest of the administrative agent’s prime rate, one-half of 1.00% in excess of the overnight federal funds rate, and 1.00% in excess of the one-month LIBOR rate), plus, in each case, an applicable margin. With respect to the term loan facilities, the applicable margin for LIBOR loans is 3.25% per annum, and with respect to the revolving loan facilities, the applicable margin for LIBOR loans ranges, based on the applicable leverage ratio, from 3.00% to 3.25% per annum, in each case, with a LIBOR floor of 1.00%. The applicable margin for base rate loans under the term loan facilities is 2.25% per annum and under the revolving loan facility ranges, based on the applicable leverage ratio, from 2.00% to 2.25% per annum. Prior to the refinancing of the term loan facilities, the applicable margin for base rate loans was 4.25% per annum and the applicable margin for revolving loans was 5.25% per annum, with a LIBOR floor of 2.00%. We are required to pay a commitment fee which ranges, based on the applicable leverage ratio, from 0.375% to 0.50% per annum on the undrawn portion available under the revolving loan facility and variable per annum fees with respect to outstanding letters of credit.

During the first five and three-quarter years after the closing date, and including the full amount of the delayed draw term loan facility, we were required to make quarterly amortization payments of the term loans in the amount of $1.05 million. We are also required to make mandatory prepayments of term loans under the Credit Agreement, subject to specified exceptions, from excess cash flow (as defined in the Credit Agreement), and with the proceeds of asset sales, debt issuances and specified other events.

Obligations under the Credit Agreement are guaranteed by substantially all our direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries. The obligations under the Credit Agreement and the guarantees are secured by a lien on substantially all tangible and intangible property, and by a pledge of all of the shares of stock and limited liability company interests of our direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries, of which we now own or later acquire more than a 50% interest, subject to limited exceptions.

In addition to other covenants, the Credit Agreement places limits on our ability, including our subsidiaries, to declare dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock, prepay, redeem or purchase debt, incur liens and engage in sale-leaseback transactions, make loans and investments, incur additional indebtedness, amend or otherwise alter debt and other material agreements, engage in mergers, acquisitions and asset sales, transact with affiliates and alter the business we and our subsidiaries conduct.

The Credit Agreement also contains a leverage ratio covenant requiring us to maintain a maximum ratio of consolidated total debt to consolidated adjusted EBITDA that ranges from 4.95 to 1.00 to 4.30 to 1.00. At December 31, 2015, the Credit Agreement requires a maximum leverage ratio of not more than 4.55 to 1.00. The Credit Agreement eliminated the interest coverage ratio covenant which we were subject to maintain prior to the refinancing. Failure to comply with the covenants in the Credit Agreement could permit the lenders under the Credit Agreement to declare all amounts borrowed under the Credit Agreement, together with accrued interest and fees, to be immediately due and payable, and to terminate all commitments under the Credit Agreement. As of December 31, 2015, our ratio of consolidated total debt to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA calculated pursuant to the Credit Agreement was 4.10 to 1.00. As of December 31, 2015, there was $502.9 million outstanding under the term loan facility and $19.5 million in borrowings under the revolving credit facility.

On July 3, 2013, as a result of the $80.0 million redemption in principal amount of our Notes and pursuant to the terms of the indenture governing the Notes, we immediately incurred $1.5 million of expense related to unamortized deferred costs and associated discount, as well as $3.2 million for the related call premium.

46


 

In September 2013, we repurchased $8.8 million in principal amount of our Notes in privately negotiated transactions. We immediately incurred $0.2 million of expense related to unamortized deferred costs and associated discount, as well as $0.3 million for the related call premium.

On October 11, 2013, the Company entered into an amendment to the Credit Agreement with Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative agent, and the other lenders party thereto (the “First Amendment”). Pursuant to the First Amendment, the Company raised $70 million in incremental term loan commitments to repurchase the remaining outstanding Notes. On December 2, 2013, the Company borrowed $70 million of incremental term loans, and with such proceeds plus borrowings under its revolving line of credit and cash on hand, completed the redemption of its outstanding Notes on December 4, 2013. With the completion of this transaction including the redemption in full of the Notes, the Company expects to save approximately $5 million in cash interest on an annualized basis. As a result of this transaction, we recognized a loss on extinguishment totaling $3.8 million including $1.7 million of expense related to unamortized deferred costs and associated discount, as well as $2.0 million for the related call premium.

The incremental term loans were funded at 99.0% of principal amount and will mature on the same date as the existing term loan facility under the Company’s credit facility on June 3, 2019. Upon funding, the incremental term loans were converted to match all the terms of existing term loans. Interest on the incremental term loan is calculated, at the Company’s option, at a base rate plus a 2.25% margin or LIBOR plus a 3.25% margin, subject to a 1.00% LIBOR floor.

If our remaining ability to borrow under our Credit Agreement is insufficient for our capital requirements, we will be required to seek additional sources of financing, including issuing equity, which may be dilutive to our current stockholders, or incurring additional debt. Our ability to incur additional debt is subject to the restrictions in our existing credit facility. We cannot assure that the restrictions contained in the Credit Agreement will permit us to borrow the funds that we need to finance our operations, or that additional debt will be available to us on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If we are unable to obtain funds sufficient to finance our capital requirements, we may have to forgo opportunities to expand our business.

Incremental Term Loan

During the first five and one half years after the closing date for the incremental term loan, the quarterly amortization payments of all term loans under the credit facility has increased to $1.23 million from the previous amount of $1.05 million.

Our obligations under the incremental term loan are guaranteed by substantially all our direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries. The obligations under the incremental term loan and the guarantees are secured by a lien on substantially all of our tangible and intangible property, and by a pledge of all of the shares of stock and limited liability company interests of our direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries, of which we own or later acquire more than a 50% interest, subject to limited exceptions.

Interest Rate Swaps

We have entered into multiple interest rate swap and cap agreements to hedge the future cash interest payments on portions of our variable rate bank debt. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, we had interest rate swap and cap agreements to hedge approximately $265.9 million and $258.7 million of variable rate bank debt, respectively, or 46.0% and 51.0% of total debt, respectively. Over the next twelve months, we expect to reclassify $0.8 million from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to interest expense and other, net

47


 

Contractual Obligations

The maturities of our long-term debt, including interest, future payments under our capital  and operating leases and binding equipment purchase commitments as of December 31, 2015 are as follows:

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2017

 

 

2018

 

 

2019

 

 

2020

 

 

Thereafter

 

 

Total

 

Term Loan

 

$

5.2

 

 

$

5.2

 

 

$

5.2

 

 

$

487.3

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

502.9

 

Revolving Line of Credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19.5

 

Equipment Loans

 

 

12.5

 

 

 

7.8

 

 

 

5.2

 

 

 

4.3

 

 

 

1.8

 

 

 

12.5

 

 

 

44.1

 

Operating Leases (1)

 

 

11.1

 

 

 

9.1

 

 

 

7.8

 

 

 

2.3

 

 

 

1.4

 

 

 

7.7

 

 

 

39.4

 

Capital Leases

 

 

2.7

 

 

 

1.9

 

 

 

2.0

 

 

 

2.0

 

 

 

3.7

 

 

 

0.7

 

 

 

13.0

 

Letters of Credit

 

 

 

 

 

4.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.8

 

Purchase commitments

 

 

28.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28.4

 

Total Contractual Obligation Payments

 

 

59.9

 

 

 

28.8

 

 

 

39.7

 

 

 

495.9

 

 

 

6.9

 

 

 

20.9

 

 

 

652.1

 

Amount Representing Interest

 

 

24.3

 

 

 

23.8

 

 

 

23.3

 

 

 

10.1

 

 

 

0.9

 

 

 

7.5

 

 

 

89.9

 

Future Contractual Obligations

 

$

84.2

 

 

$

52.6

 

 

$

63.0

 

 

$

506.0

 

 

$

7.8

 

 

$

28.4

 

 

$

742.0

 

(1)

Includes all operating leases through the end of their main lease term, excluding options on facility leases.

 

We have omitted our liability for self-insurance, contingent consideration for acquisitions and unrecognized tax benefits of $3.4 million, $5.8 million and $0.2 million, respectively, at December 31, 2015 from the above table because we cannot determine with certainty when either or of these liabilities will be settled. Although we believe that it is reasonably possible that the amount of these liabilities will change in the next twelve months, we do not expect the change will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

We believe that, based on current levels of operations, our cash flow from operating activities, together with other available sources of liquidity, including borrowings available under our revolving line of credit, will be sufficient over the next year to fund anticipated capital expenditures and potential acquisitions and make required payments of principal and interest on our debt and other contracts. We may require or choose to obtain additional financing. Our ability to obtain additional financing will depend, among other things, on our financial condition and operating performance, as well as the condition of the capital markets at the time we seek financing. We cannot assure you that additional financing will be available to us on favorable terms when required, or at all. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity, equity-linked or debt securities, those securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to the rights of our common stock, and our stockholders may experience dilution. If we need to raise additional funds in the future and are unable to do so or obtain additional financing on acceptable terms in the future, we may have to limit planned activities or sell assets to obtain liquidity. We may also from time to time seek to repurchase, redeem, or retire our outstanding indebtedness through cash purchases and exchange offers in open market transactions, privately negotiated purchases or otherwise. Those repurchases, redemptions or retirements, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity requirements and capital resources, contractual restrictions and other factors. The amounts involved may be material.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

See Item 7A “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.”

We periodically enter into guarantees and other similar arrangements as part of transactions in the ordinary course of business. We describe these arrangements in Note 12 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The significant accounting policies that we believe are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results include the following:

Revenue Recognition

We derive the majority of our revenue directly from healthcare providers, primarily for imaging and radiation oncology services. To a lesser extent, we generate revenues from direct billings to patients or their medical payors, and we record these revenues net of contractual discounts and other arrangements for providing services at less than established patient billing rates. Revenues from direct patient billing amounted to approximately 20% of revenues in the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013. We

48


 

continuously monitor collections from direct patient billings and compare these collections to revenue, net of contractual discounts, recorded at the time of service. While these contractual discounts have historically been within our expectations and the provisions established, an inability to accurately estimate contractual discounts in the future could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. Because the price is predetermined, we recognize all revenues when we deliver the radiology service and collectability is reasonably assured, which is based upon contract terms with healthcare providers and negotiated rates with third-party payors and patients.

Accounts Receivable

We provide shared and single-user diagnostic radiology and oncology equipment and technical support services to the healthcare industry and directly to patients on an outpatient basis. Substantially all of our accounts receivable are due from hospitals, other healthcare providers and health insurance providers, including Medicare, located throughout the United States. Services are generally provided under long-term contracts with hospitals and other healthcare providers or directly to patients, and generally collateral is not required. We generally collect receivables within industry norms for third-party payors. We continuously monitor collections from our clients and maintain an allowance for estimated credit losses based upon any specific client collection issues that we have identified and our historical experience. Although those credit losses have historically been within our expectations and the provisions established, an inability to accurately estimate credit losses in the future could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

Goodwill and Long-Lived Assets

ASC 350 requires that goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized, but instead are tested for impairment at least annually at the reporting unit level. In addition, ASC 350 defines a reporting unit as an operating segment or one level below an operating segment (also known as a component). A component of an operating segment is a reporting unit under ASC 350 if the component constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available and used by management. We have evaluated ASC 350 and concluded there are three operating segments: the Radiology Division, the Oncology Division and the Interventional HealthCare Services Division. We have assessed that each component listed above meets the definition of a reporting unit, based on the conclusions that each component constitutes a business, discrete financial information is available for each component, and management regularly reviews the results of such financial information.

In accordance with ASC 350, we have selected to perform an annual impairment test in the fourth quarter for goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. Such indicators include a sustained significant decline in our market capitalization or a significant decline in our expected future cash flows due to changes in company-specific factors or the broader business climate. When such an event or change in circumstances occurs, consideration is given to the potential impact on the fair value of the reporting unit and the amount by which the fair value exceeds the carrying value as of the date of the last impairment test.

Determining whether impairment has occurred is a two-step process. First, for each reporting unit we compare its estimated fair value with its net book value. If the estimated fair value significantly exceeds its net book value, goodwill is deemed not to be impaired, and no further testing is necessary. If the estimated fair value does not significantly exceed its net book value, we then perform a second test to calculate the amount of impairment, if any. To determine the amount of any impairment, we determine the implied fair value of goodwill. Specifically, we determine the fair value of all of the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit, including any unrecognized intangible assets, in a hypothetical calculation that yields the implied fair value of goodwill. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the recorded goodwill, we record an impairment charge for the difference.

The impairment analysis in the first step utilizes two primary approaches to calculate the fair value of the reporting unit: the discounted cash flow method (“DCF”) and the Guideline Public Company (“GPC”) method.

Under the DCF method, value is measured as the present worth of anticipated future net cash flows generated by a business. In a multi-period model, net cash flows attributable to a business are forecast for an appropriate period and then discounted to present value using an appropriate discount rate. In a single-period model, net cash flow or earnings for a normalized period are capitalized to reach a determination of present value. The methods, key assumptions, degree of uncertainty associated with the key assumptions and the potential events or changes in circumstances that could reasonably be expected to negatively affect the key assumptions with respect to the reporting unit are the estimated future net cash flows generated, and the discount rate applied to capture the associated risks. The ability to achieve anticipated future net cash flows is subject to numerous assumptions and risks, including company-specific risks such as the ability to maintain and grow revenues, maintain or improve operating margins, control costs and anticipate working capital requirements. The anticipated future net cash flows are also dependent on industry-level factors, such as the impact of

49


 

the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010 on patient volumes and cost reimbursement levels and continued availability of qualified doctors and other medical professionals who are necessary to staff our operations, among other potential impacts.

Under the GPC method, value is estimated by comparing the subject company to similar companies with publicly traded ownership interests. Guideline companies are selected based on comparability to the subject company, and valuation multiples are calculated and applied to subject company operating data. The key assumption used in connection with the GPC method focuses on identifying guideline companies that operate in the same (or similar) line of business as the reporting units, with the same (or similar) operating characteristics. Eligible companies were selected based on Global Industry Classification Standard codes, Standard Industrial Classification codes, company descriptions, and industry affiliations. Proceeding the analysis of the observed guideline public company multiples, certain of those multiples are utilized to apply against the relevant financial metrics of the reporting unit. Considered factors include relative risk, profitability, and growth considerations of the reporting unit relative to the guideline companies. Value estimates for the reporting unit involve using multiples of market value of invested capital excluding cash to revenue and earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA"). Valuations derived using the GPC method rely on information primarily obtained from available industry market data and publicly available filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC").

ASC 350 also requires intangible assets with definite useful lives to be amortized over their respective estimated useful lives to their estimated residual values and reviewed for impairment in accordance with ASC 360, “Property, Plant, and Equipment.” For additional information, see Note 6 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

In 2015 and 2014, we concluded in Step 1 that the fair value of each reporting unit significantly exceeded its carrying value, indicating no goodwill or indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment was present.

Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are allocated to three reporting units, which are the Radiology, Oncology and Interventional HealthCare Services Divisions. Goodwill represented $102.8 million of $634.9 million of total assets as of December 31, 2015. Goodwill represented $63.9 million of $500.9 million of total assets as of December 31, 2014. Radiology Division goodwill totaled $44.8 million and $42.2 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Oncology Division goodwill totaled $27.6 million and $21.7 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Interventional HealthCare Services Division goodwill totaled $30.4 million at December 31, 2015. No goodwill was recorded for the Interventional HealthCare Services Division as of December 31, 2014.

See Notes 6 and 7 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

The determination of fair value of our reporting units requires significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions primarily include earnings and required capital projections, discount rates, terminal growth rates, and operating income for each reporting unit and the weighting assigned to the results of each of the valuation methods described above. Changes in certain assumptions could have a significant impact on the goodwill impairment assessment. We evaluated the significant assumptions used to determine the estimated fair values of each reporting unit, both individually and in the aggregate, and concluded they are reasonable. However, if weak market conditions continue for an extended period or the operating results of any of our reporting units decline substantially compared to projected results, we could determine that we need to record additional impairment charges.

Purchase Accounting

In accordance with GAAP, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in an acquired business are recorded at their estimated fair values on the date of acquisition. The difference between the purchase price amount and the net fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recognized as goodwill on the balance sheet if it exceeds the estimated fair value and as a bargain purchase gain on the income statement if it is below the estimated fair value. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management’s judgment, often utilizes independent valuation experts and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions with respect to the timing and amounts of future cash inflows and outflows, discount rates, market prices and asset lives, among other items. The judgments made in the determination of the estimated fair value assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as well as the estimated useful life of each asset and the duration of each liability, can materially impact the financial statements in periods after acquisition, such as through depreciation and amortization expense.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For a discussion of recent accounting pronouncements, please refer to Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

50


 

ITEM 7A.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

We provide our services exclusively in the United States and receive payment for our services exclusively in United States dollars. As a result, our financial results are unlikely to be affected by factors such as changes in foreign currency exchange rates or weak economic conditions in foreign markets. Historically, inflation has not had a material effect on our results of operations. Severe increases in inflation, however, could affect the U.S. economy and could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Company is exposed to interest rate changes primarily as a result of interest expense on borrowings used to finance acquisitions and working capital requirements. The Company’s total variable-rate debt was $537.0 million at December 31, 2015 and the Company held various interest rate swap agreement denominated in U.S. dollars that effectively convert $262.6 million of its variable-rate debt to fixed-rate debt as of December 31, 2015. The interest rate swap derivative instruments are held and used by the Company as a tool for managing interest rate risk. The counterparties to the swap instruments are large financial institutions that the Company believes are of high-quality creditworthiness. While the Company may be exposed to potential losses due to the credit risk of non-performance by these counterparties, such losses are not anticipated. The fair value of the interest rate swaps was determined to be a net liability of $79 at December 31, 2015. Based on the level of variable-rate debt outstanding as of that date, a 100 basis point increase in the weighted-average interest rate would have increased the Company’s annual pre-tax interest expense by approximately $2.7 million.

Our interest expense is sensitive to changes in the general level of interest rates in the United States, particularly because the majority of our indebtedness bears interest at variable rates. The recorded carrying amount of our long-term debt under our credit facility approximates fair value because those borrowings have variable rates that reflect currently available terms and conditions for similar debt. To decrease the risk associated with interest rate increases, we have entered into multiple interest rate swap and cap agreements for a portion of our variable rate debt. These swaps and caps are designated as cash flow hedges of variable future cash flows associated with our long-term debt.

The swaps expose us to credit risk if the counterparties to the agreements do not or cannot meet their obligations. The notional amount is used to measure interest to be paid or received and does not represent the amount of exposure to credit loss. The loss would be limited to the amount that would have been received, if any, over the remaining life of the swaps. On a quarterly basis, the counterparties are evaluated for non-performance risk. Further discussion of our derivative instruments is disclosed in Note 11 – Derivatives.

Our interest income is sensitive to changes in the general level of interest rates in the United States, particularly because the majority of our investments are in cash equivalents. We maintain our cash equivalents in financial instruments with original maturities of 90 days or less. Cash and cash equivalents are invested in interest bearing funds managed by third party financial institutions. At December 31, 2015, we had cash and cash equivalents of $38.1 million, of which $29.5 million was held in accounts that are with third party financial institutions that exceed the FDIC insurance limits.

The recorded carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents approximate fair value due to their short-term maturities.

The table below provides information about our financial instruments that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. For long-term debt obligations, the table presents principal cash flows and related weighted-average interest rates by expected (contractual) maturity dates. All amounts are in United States dollars.

 

 

 

Expected Maturity as of December 31, 2015

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2017

 

 

2018

 

 

2019

 

 

2020

 

 

Thereafter

 

 

Total

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

(dollars in millions)

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed rate

 

$

8.2

 

 

$

5.7

 

 

$

5.6

 

 

$

5.6

 

 

$

5.2

 

 

$

10.4

 

 

$

40.7

 

 

$

40.3

 

Average interest rate

 

 

4.45

%

 

 

4.38

%

 

 

4.35

%

 

 

4.26

%

 

 

5.12

%

 

 

4.44

%

 

 

4.50

%

 

 

4.50

%

Variable rate

 

$

8.8

 

 

$

8.8

 

 

$

6.3

 

 

$

507.2

 

 

$

0.3

 

 

$

5.6

 

 

$

537.0

 

 

$

538.5

 

Average interest rate

 

 

4.27

%

 

 

4.29

%

 

 

4.31

%

 

 

3.57

%

 

 

0.07

%

 

 

3.30

%

 

 

3.30

%

 

 

3.30

%

 

 

51


 

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL STATMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

ALLIANCE HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

53

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

54

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

55

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

56

 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

 

58

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

59

 

52


 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc.

Newport Beach, California

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), cash flows, and stockholders’ equity (deficit) for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015. Our audits also included the consolidated financial statement schedule listed in the index at Item 15. These consolidated financial statements and the consolidated financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and the consolidated financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such consolidated financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on the criteria established in Internal Control  Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 10, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

 

Costa Mesa, California

March 10, 2016

 

 

53


 

ALLIANCE HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except per share and share amounts)

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

38,070

 

 

$

33,033

 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $5,461 in 2015 and

   $4,055 in 2014

 

 

73,208

 

 

 

62,503

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

6,496

 

 

 

16,834

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

13,463

 

 

 

12,527

 

Other receivables

 

 

3,206

 

 

 

5,686

 

Total current assets

 

 

134,443

 

 

 

130,583

 

Equipment, at cost

 

 

883,804

 

 

 

827,638

 

Less accumulated depreciation

 

 

(688,479

)

 

 

(678,291

)

Equipment, net

 

 

195,325

 

 

 

149,347

 

Goodwill

 

 

102,782

 

 

 

63,864

 

Other intangible assets, net

 

 

162,923

 

 

 

115,930

 

Deferred financing costs, net

 

 

6,594

 

 

 

8,119

 

Other assets

 

 

32,820

 

 

 

33,042

 

Total assets

 

$

634,887

 

 

$

500,885

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

20,796

 

 

$

12,109

 

Accrued compensation and related expenses

 

 

19,933

 

 

 

19,808

 

Accrued interest payable

 

 

3,323

 

 

 

3,154

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

 

17,732

 

 

 

11,160

 

Current portion of obligations under capital leases

 

 

2,674

 

 

 

4,352

 

Other accrued liabilities

 

 

36,453

 

 

 

26,542

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

100,911

 

 

 

77,125

 

Long-term debt, net of current portion

 

 

546,947

 

 

 

485,701

 

Obligations under capital leases, net of current portion

 

 

10,332

 

 

 

6,076

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

36,609

 

 

 

36,840

 

Other liabilities

 

 

6,664

 

 

 

6,623

 

Total liabilities

 

 

701,463

 

 

 

612,365

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 12)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ deficit:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized and no shares issued

   and outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 10,774,857

   and 10,713,658 issued in 2015 and 2014, respectively; 10,616,884

   and 10,555,685 outstanding in 2015 and 2014, respectively

 

 

108

 

 

 

107

 

Treasury stock, at cost - 157,973 shares in 2015 and 2014

 

 

(3,138

)

 

 

(3,138

)

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

29,297

 

 

 

27,653

 

Accumulated comprehensive loss

 

 

(511

)

 

 

(351

)

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(187,349

)

 

 

(194,091

)

Total stockholders’ deficit attributable to Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc.

 

 

(161,593

)

 

 

(169,820

)

Noncontrolling interest

 

 

95,017

 

 

 

58,340

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

 

 

(66,576

)

 

 

(111,480

)

Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit

 

$

634,887

 

 

$

500,885

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

 

54


 

ALLIANCE HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Revenues

 

$

473,054

 

 

$

436,387

 

 

$

448,831

 

Costs and expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenues, excluding depreciation and amortization

 

 

269,104

 

 

 

237,420

 

 

 

239,397

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

88,471

 

 

 

79,903

 

 

 

80,215

 

Transaction costs

 

 

3,296

 

 

 

2,344

 

 

 

465

 

Shareholder transaction costs

 

 

1,853

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severance and related costs

 

 

1,347

 

 

 

2,517

 

 

 

1,658

 

Impairment charges

 

 

6,817

 

 

 

308

 

 

 

13,031

 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26,018

 

Depreciation expense

 

 

48,595

 

 

 

54,971

 

 

 

66,319

 

Amortization expense

 

 

9,325

 

 

 

7,880

 

 

 

10,973

 

Interest expense and other, net

 

 

26,241

 

 

 

24,693

 

 

 

39,170

 

Other (income) and expense, net

 

 

(12,255

)

 

 

(1,823

)

 

 

(1,945

)

Total costs and expenses

 

 

442,794

 

 

 

408,213

 

 

 

475,301

 

Income (loss) before income taxes, earnings from unconsolidated investees,

   and noncontrolling interest

 

 

30,260

 

 

 

28,174

 

 

 

(26,470

)

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

6,536

 

 

 

7,327

 

 

 

(12,398

)

Earnings from unconsolidated investees

 

 

(3,391

)

 

 

(4,654

)

 

 

(5,630

)

Net income (loss)

 

 

27,115

 

 

 

25,501

 

 

 

(8,442

)

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

 

(20,373

)

 

 

(14,883

)

 

 

(13,041

)

Net income (loss) attributable to Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc.

 

$

6,742

 

 

$

10,618

 

 

$

(21,483

)

Comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc.

 

$

6,742

 

 

$

10,618

 

 

$

(21,483

)

Unrealized (loss) gain on hedging transactions, net of taxes

 

 

(160

)

 

 

(269

)

 

 

634

 

Comprehensive (loss) income, net of taxes:

 

$

6,582

 

 

$

10,349

 

 

$

(20,849

)

Income (loss) per common share attributable to Alliance HealthCare

   Services, Inc.:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.63

 

 

$

1.00

 

 

$

(2.02

)

Diluted

 

$

0.62

 

 

$

0.98

 

 

$

(2.02

)

Weighted-average number of shares of common stock and common stock

   equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

10,741

 

 

 

10,669

 

 

 

10,634

 

Diluted

 

 

10,849

 

 

 

10,836

 

 

 

10,634

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

 

55


 

ALLIANCE HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

27,115

 

 

$

25,501

 

 

$

(8,442

)

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for doubtful accounts

 

 

2,911

 

 

 

2,634

 

 

 

3,415

 

Share-based payment

 

 

1,701

 

 

 

1,515

 

 

 

1,487

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

57,920

 

 

 

62,851

 

 

 

77,292

 

Amortization of deferred financing costs

 

 

2,554

 

 

 

1,926

 

 

 

3,052

 

Accretion of discount on long-term debt

 

 

481

 

 

 

447

 

 

 

1,013

 

Adjustment of derivatives to fair value

 

 

29

 

 

 

342

 

 

 

(21

)

Distributions more than undistributed earnings from investees

 

 

489

 

 

 

591

 

 

 

337

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

6,350

 

 

 

6,582

 

 

 

(12,486

)

Gain on sale of assets

 

 

(1,883

)

 

 

(565

)

 

 

(1,391

)

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26,018

 

Non-cash gain on step acquisition

 

 

(10,672

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain on acquisition

 

 

(209

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment charges

 

 

6,817

 

 

 

308

 

 

 

13,031

 

Excess tax benefit from share-based payment arrangements

 

 

5

 

 

 

(623

)

 

 

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of the effects of acquisitions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(7,112

)

 

 

(1,424

)

 

 

(4,808

)

Prepaid expenses

 

 

(877

)

 

 

(5,064

)

 

 

(2,475

)

Other receivables

 

 

1,494

 

 

 

(114

)

 

 

1,672

 

Other assets

 

 

2,607

 

 

 

(1,852

)

 

 

2,990

 

Accounts payable

 

 

3,442

 

 

 

953

 

 

 

(4,281

)

Accrued compensation and related expenses

 

 

(1,363

)

 

 

(1,358

)

 

 

(1,315

)

Accrued interest payable

 

 

168

 

 

 

1,509

 

 

 

(3,436

)

Income taxes payable

 

 

40

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

 

Other accrued liabilities

 

 

454

 

 

 

6,439

 

 

 

(5,130

)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

92,461

 

 

 

100,629

 

 

 

86,522

 

Investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equipment purchases

 

 

(55,511

)

 

 

(32,236

)

 

 

(27,048

)

Increase in deposits on equipment

 

 

(15,751

)

 

 

(9,228

)

 

 

(193

)

Acquisitions, net of cash received

 

 

(49,140

)

 

 

(16,043

)

 

 

 

Increase in cash from escrow

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(475

)

Increase in notes receivable

 

 

 

 

 

(2,776

)

 

 

 

Proceeds from sale of assets

 

 

1,941

 

 

 

1,557

 

 

 

3,156

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(118,461

)

 

 

(58,726

)

 

 

(24,560

)

Financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal payments on equipment debt and capital lease obligations

 

 

(12,697

)

 

 

(10,368

)

 

 

(14,233

)

Proceeds from equipment debt

 

 

27,049

 

 

 

4,527

 

 

 

4,846

 

Principal payments on term loan facility

 

 

(9,951

)

 

 

(4,900

)

 

 

(342,710

)

Proceeds from term loan facility

 

 

29,850

 

 

 

 

 

 

487,200

 

Principal payments on revolving loan facility

 

 

(33,000

)

 

 

(45,000

)

 

 

 

Proceeds from revolving loan facility

 

 

50,500

 

 

 

28,000

 

 

 

19,000

 

Principal payments on senior notes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(190,000

)

Payments of debt issuance costs

 

 

(808

)

 

 

 

 

 

(16,522

)

Purchase of derivative instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(815

)

Issuance of common stock

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noncontrolling interest in subsidiaries

 

 

(19,927

)

 

 

(16,089

)

 

 

(14,409

)

Equity purchase of noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

 

(691

)

 

 

 

56


 

Excess tax benefit from share-based payment arrangements

 

 

(5

)

 

 

623

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from shared-based payment arrangements

 

 

25

 

 

 

466

 

 

 

527

 

Purchase of treasury stock

 

 

 

 

 

(140

)

 

 

(121

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

31,037

 

 

 

(43,572

)

 

 

(67,237

)

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

5,037

 

 

 

(1,669

)

 

 

(5,275

)

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

 

 

33,033

 

 

 

34,702

 

 

 

39,977

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

 

$

38,070

 

 

$

33,033

 

 

$

34,702

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

$

23,373

 

 

$

21,037

 

 

$

35,495

 

Income taxes paid (refunded), net of (refunds) payments

 

 

(664

)

 

 

6,504

 

 

 

2,463

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net book value of assets exchanged

 

$

199

 

 

 

 

 

$

5

 

Capital lease obligations related to the purchase of equipment

 

 

11,273

 

 

 

1,725

 

 

 

0

 

Equipment purchases in accounts payable

 

 

3,700

 

 

 

834

 

 

 

560

 

Extinguishment of note receivable (Note 3)

 

 

3,071

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer of equity investment as consideration in step acquisition (Note 3)

 

 

721

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer of equipment as consideration in step acquisition (Note 3)

 

 

477

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer of fair value of equity investment in step acquisition (Note 3)

 

 

13,645

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noncontrolling interest assumed in connection with acquisitions (Note 3)

 

 

36,231

 

 

 

13,014

 

 

 

 

Mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interest in connection with acquisition (Note 3)

 

 

2,386

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of contingent consideration related to acquisitions (Note 5)

 

 

5,750

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt related to purchase of equipment

 

 

 

 

 

3,183

 

 

 

 

Adjustment to equity of noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

 

1,700

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

 

 

57


 

ALLIANCE HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

Attributable to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Treasury Stock

 

 

Additional

Paid-In

 

 

Accumulated

Comprehensive

 

 

Retained

Earnings

(Accumulated

 

 

Alliance

HealthCare

 

 

Non-controlling

 

 

Total

Stockholders’

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Capital

 

 

Income (Loss)

 

 

Deficit)

 

 

Services, Inc.

 

 

Interest

 

 

Equity (Deficit)

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

 

 

10,615,072

 

 

 

524

 

 

 

(140,028

)

 

 

(2,877

)

 

 

21,507

 

 

 

(716

)

 

 

(183,226

)

 

 

(164,788

)

 

 

48,495

 

 

 

(116,293

)

Exercise of stock options

 

 

31,679

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

527

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

527

 

 

 

 

 

 

527

 

Forfeiture of restricted stock

 

 

(7,334

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Release of vested restricted stock

 

 

27,719

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of treasury stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,893

)

 

 

(121

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(121

)

 

 

 

 

 

(121

)

Share-based payment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,487

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,487

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,487

 

Unrealized gain on hedging transaction, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

634

 

 

 

 

 

 

634

 

 

 

 

 

 

634

 

Net distributions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(14,409

)

 

 

(14,409

)

Net (loss) income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(21,483

)

 

 

(21,483

)

 

 

13,041

 

 

 

(8,442

)

Balance at December 31, 2013

 

 

10,667,136

 

 

 

524

 

 

 

(144,921

)

 

 

(2,998

)

 

 

23,521

 

 

 

(82

)

 

 

(204,709

)

 

 

(183,744

)

 

 

47,127

 

 

 

(136,617

)

Exercise of stock options

 

 

72,794

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

466

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

467

 

 

 

 

 

 

467

 

Forfeiture of restricted stock

 

 

(26,272

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of treasury stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(13,052

)

 

 

(140

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(140

)

 

 

 

 

 

(140

)

Share-based payment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,515

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,515

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,515

 

Share-based payment income tax benefit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

82

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

82

 

 

 

 

 

 

82

 

Unrealized loss on hedging transaction, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(269

)

 

 

 

 

 

(269

)

 

 

 

 

 

(269

)

Noncontrolling interest disposed in connection with

   acquisition

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,651

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,651

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,651

 

Net distributions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,670

)

 

 

(3,670

)

Other

 

 

 

 

 

(418

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

418

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,618

 

 

 

10,618

 

 

 

14,883

 

 

 

25,501

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

 

 

10,713,658

 

 

 

107

 

 

 

(157,973

)

 

 

(3,138

)

 

 

27,653

 

 

 

(351

)

 

 

(194,091

)

 

 

(169,820

)

 

 

58,340

 

 

 

(111,480

)

Exercise of stock options

 

 

2,515

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

 

 

 

25

 

Release of vested restricted stock

 

 

58,684

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Share-based payment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,701

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,701

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,701

 

Share-based payment income tax detriment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(82

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(82

)

 

 

 

 

 

(82

)

Unrealized loss on hedging transaction, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(160

)

 

 

 

 

 

(160

)

 

 

 

 

 

(160

)

Net investments in subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,304

 

 

 

16,304

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,742

 

 

 

6,742

 

 

 

20,373

 

 

 

27,115

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

 

 

10,774,857

 

 

 

108

 

 

 

(157,973

)

 

 

(3,138

)

 

 

29,297

 

 

 

(511

)

 

 

(187,349

)

 

 

(161,593

)

 

 

95,017

 

 

 

(66,576

)

 

 

 

58


 

ALLIANCE HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2015

(Dollars in thousands, except per share and share amounts)

 

 

1. Description of the Company and Basis of Financial Statement Presentation

Description of the Company Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) is a leading national provider of outsourced healthcare services to hospitals and providers. The Company also operates freestanding outpatient radiology, oncology and interventional healthcare clinics and Ambulatory Surgical Centers (“ASC”) that are not owned by hospitals or providers. Diagnostic radiology services are delivered through the Radiology Division (Alliance HealthCare Radiology), radiation oncology services are delivered through the Oncology Division (Alliance Oncology, LLC), and interventional healthcare and pain management services are delivered through the Interventional HealthCare Services Division (Alliance HealthCare Interventional Partners, LLC). The Company is the nation’s largest provider of advanced diagnostic mobile radiology services, an industry-leading operator of fixed-site radiology centers, and a leading provider of stereotactic radiosurgery nationwide. As of December 31, 2015, the Company operated 563 diagnostic imaging and radiation therapy systems, including 116 fixed-site imaging centers across the country and 32 radiation therapy centers and stereotactic radiosurgery (“SRS”) facilities. With a strategy of partnering with hospitals, health systems and physician practices, the Company provides quality healthcare services for over 1,000 hospitals and healthcare partners in 45 states where approximately 2,430 Alliance Team Members are committed to providing exceptional patient care and exceeding customer expectations. The Company was incorporated in the state of Delaware on May 27, 1987.

Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Financial Statement Presentation The accompanying audited consolidated financial statements of the Company include the assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses of all subsidiaries over which the Company exercises control. Intercompany transactions have been eliminated. The Company evaluates participating rights in its assessment of control in determining consolidation of joint venture partners. The Company records noncontrolling interest related to its consolidated subsidiaries that are not wholly owned. Investments in non-consolidated investees over which it exercises significant influence but does not control are accounted for under the equity method. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“generally accepted accounting principles", or "GAAP").

 

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Cash and Cash Equivalents The Company classifies short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less as cash equivalents.

Accounts Receivable The Company provides shared and single-user diagnostic radiology and oncology equipment and technical support services to the healthcare industry and directly to patients on an outpatient basis. Substantially all of the Company’s accounts receivable are due from hospitals, other healthcare providers and health insurance providers, including Medicare, located throughout the United States. A substantial portion of the Company’s services are provided pursuant to long-term contracts with hospitals and other healthcare providers or directly to patients. Accounts receivable are typically collected within industry norms for third-party payors. Estimated credit losses are provided for in the consolidated financial statements.

Concentration of Credit Risk Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk principally consist of cash, cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company invests available cash in cash equivalents and money market securities of high-credit-quality financial institutions. Cash and cash equivalents in excess of federally insured limits were $29,488 and $26,740 at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.  

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company’s accounts receivable were primarily from clients in the healthcare industry and third-party payors. No individual customer represented more than 10% of the Company’s accounts receivable at December 31, 2015 and 2014. To reduce credit risk, the Company performs periodic credit evaluations of its clients, but does not generally require advance payments or collateral. Credit losses to clients in the healthcare industry have not been material. The provision for doubtful accounts was 0.6%, 0.6%, and 0.8% of revenues in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Plant, Property and Equipment The majority of our major medical equipment is stated at cost and is depreciated using the straight-line method over an initial estimated life of three to 10 years to an estimated residual value, between five and 10 percent of original cost. If the Company continues to operate the equipment beyond its initial estimated life, the residual value is then depreciated to a nominal salvage value over 1.5 to 3 years.

59


 

Routine maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Major repairs and purchased software and hardware upgrades, which extend the life of or add value to the equipment, are capitalized and depreciated over the remaining useful life.

Plant, property and equipment, net of depreciation, as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 are as follows:

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

$

4,825

 

 

$

4,064

 

Office equipment

 

 

71,245

 

 

 

57,451

 

Transportation and service equipment

 

 

5,884

 

 

 

2,474

 

Major equipment

 

 

758,718

 

 

 

727,918

 

Tenant improvements

 

 

42,792

 

 

 

35,731

 

Buildings and land

 

 

340

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

883,804

 

 

 

827,638

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

 

(688,479

)

 

 

(678,291

)

Plant, property and equipment, net

 

$

195,325

 

 

$

149,347

 

 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 350, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other,” requires that goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized, but instead are tested for impairment at least annually at the reporting unit level. In addition, ASC 350 defines a reporting unit as an operating segment or one level below an operating segment (also known as a component). A component of an operating segment is a reporting unit under ASC 350 if the component constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available and reviewed by management. The Company has evaluated ASC 350 and concluded there are three operating segments: the Radiology Division, the Oncology Division and the Interventional HealthCare Services Division. The Company has assessed that each component listed above meets the definition of a reporting unit, based on the conclusions that each component constitutes a business, discrete financial information is available for each component, and management regularly reviews the results of such financial information.

In accordance with ASC 350, the Company has selected to perform an annual impairment test in the fourth quarter for goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. Such indicators include a sustained significant decline in our market capitalization or a significant decline in expected future cash flows due to changes in company-specific factors or the broader business climate. When such an event or change in circumstances occurs, consideration is given to the potential impact on the fair value of the reporting unit and the amount by which the fair value exceeds the carrying value as of the date of the last impairment test.

Determining whether impairment has occurred is a two-step process. First, for each reporting unit, the Company compares its estimated fair value with its net book value. If the estimated fair value exceeds its net book value, goodwill is deemed not to be impaired, and no further testing is necessary. If the estimated fair value does not exceed its net book value, the Company then performs a second test to calculate the amount of impairment, if any. To determine the amount of any impairment, the Company determines the implied fair value of goodwill. Specifically, the Company determines the fair value of all of the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit, including any unrecognized intangible assets, in a hypothetical calculation that yields the implied fair value of goodwill. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the recorded goodwill, the Company records an impairment charge for the difference.

The impairment analysis in the first step utilizes two primary approaches to calculate the fair value of the reporting unit: the discounted cash flow method (“DCF”) and the Guideline Public Company (“GPC”) method.

Under the DCF method, value is measured as the present worth of anticipated future net cash flows generated by a business. In a multi-period model, net cash flows attributable to a business are forecast for an appropriate period and then discounted to present value using an appropriate discount rate. In a single-period model, net cash flow or earnings for a normalized period are capitalized to reach a determination of present value. The methods, key assumptions, degree of uncertainty associated with the key assumptions and the potential events or changes in circumstances that could reasonably be expected to negatively affect the key assumptions with respect to the reporting unit are the estimated future net cash flows generated, and the discount rate applied to capture the associated risks. The ability to achieve anticipated future net cash flows is subject to numerous assumptions and risks, including company-specific risks such as the ability to maintain and grow revenues, maintain or improve operating margins, control costs and anticipate working capital requirements. The anticipated future net cash flows are also dependent on industry-level factors, such as the impact of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010 on patient volumes and cost reimbursement levels and continued availability of qualified doctors and other medical professionals who are necessary to staff the Company's operations, among other potential impacts.

60


 

Under the GPC method, value is estimated by comparing the subject company to similar companies with publicly traded ownership interests. Guideline companies are selected based on comparability to the subject company, and valuation multiples are calculated and applied to subject company operating data. The key assumption used in connection with the GPC method focuses on identifying guideline companies that operate in the same (or similar) line of business as the reporting units, with the same (or similar) operating characteristics. Eligible companies are selected based on Global Industry Classification Standard codes, Standard Industrial Classification codes, company descriptions, and industry affiliations. Proceeding the analysis of the observed guideline public company multiples, certain of those multiples are utilized to apply against the relevant financial metrics of the reporting unit. Considered factors include relative risk, profitability, and growth considerations of the reporting unit relative to the guideline companies. Value estimates for the reporting unit involve using multiples of market value of invested capital excluding cash to revenue and earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA"). Valuations derived using the GPC method rely on information primarily obtained from available industry market data and publicly available filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC").

In both 2015 and 2014, the respective annual impairment tests yielded individual fair values for each reporting unit that exceeded their respective carrying values and were not considered at risk of impairment.

Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are allocated to three reporting units, which are the Radiology, Oncology and Interventional HealthCare Services Divisions. Goodwill represented $102,782 of $634,887 of total assets as of December 31, 2015. Goodwill represented $63,864 of $500,885 of total assets as of December 31, 2014. Radiology segment goodwill totaled $44,822 and $42,166 as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Oncology segment goodwill totaled $27,589 and $21,698 as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Interventional HealthCare Services Division goodwill totaled $30,371 at December 31, 2015. No goodwill was recorded for the Interventional HealthCare Services Division as of December 31, 2014.

ASC 350 also requires intangible assets with definite useful lives to be amortized over their respective estimated useful lives to their estimated residual values and reviewed for impairment in accordance with ASC 360, “Property, Plant, and Equipment.” For additional information, see Note 6 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets The Company accounts for long-lived assets in accordance with the provisions of ASC 360, which requires that long-lived assets be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to undiscounted future net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated undiscounted future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.

Purchase Accounting In accordance with GAAP, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in an acquired business are recorded at their estimated fair values on the date of acquisition. The difference between the purchase price amount and the net fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recognized as goodwill if it exceeds the estimated fair value and as a bargain purchase gain if it is below the estimated fair value. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management’s judgment, often utilizes independent valuation experts and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions with respect to the timing and amounts of future cash inflows and outflows, discount rates, market prices and asset lives, among other items. The judgments made in the determination of the estimated fair value assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as well as the estimated useful life of each asset and the duration of each liability, can materially impact the financial statements in periods after acquisition, such as through depreciation and amortization expense.

Revenue Recognition The majority of the Company’s revenues are derived directly from healthcare providers and are primarily for radiology and oncology services. To a lesser extent, revenues are generated from direct billings to third-party payors or patients which are recorded net of contractual discounts and other arrangements for providing services at less than established patient billing rates. Revenues from billings to third-party payors and patients amounted to approximately 20%, 20% and 20% of revenues for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. No single customer accounted for more than 10% of consolidated revenues in each of the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013. The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with ASC 605, “Revenue.” As the price is predetermined, all revenues are recognized at the time the delivery of service has occurred and collectability is reasonably assured which is based upon contract terms with healthcare providers and negotiated rates with third party payors and patients. The Company also records revenue from management services that it performs based upon management service contracts with predetermined pricing. Revenues from these services amounted to approximately 2% of total revenue for the three years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013. These revenues are recorded in the period in which the service is performed and collections of the billed amounts are reasonably assured in accordance with ASC 605.

Share-Based Payment ASC 718, “Compensation—Stock Compensation” requires that the fair value at the grant date resulting from all share-based payment transactions be recognized in the financial statements. Further, ASC 718 requires entities to apply a fair-

61


 

value based measurement method in accounting for these transactions. This value is recorded over the vesting period. Under ASC 718, the Company records in its consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), compensation cost for stock options and restricted stock awarded to its employees and non-affiliated directors.

Derivatives The Company accounts for derivative instruments and hedging activities in accordance with the provisions of ASC 815, “Derivatives and Hedging.” On the date the Company enters into a derivative contract, management may designate the derivative as a hedge of the identified exposure. The Company formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as the risk-management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. In this documentation, the Company specifically identifies the firm commitment or forecasted transaction that has been designated as a hedged item and states how the hedging instrument is expected to hedge the risks related to the hedged item. The Company formally measures effectiveness of its hedging relationships, both at the hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, in accordance with its risk management policy. The Company would discontinue hedge accounting prospectively (i) if it is determined that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting the change in the cash flows of a hedged item, (ii) when the derivative expires or is sold, terminated or exercised, (iii) because it is probable that the forecasted transaction will not occur, (iv) because a hedged firm commitment no longer meets the definition of a firm commitment, or (v) if management determines that designation of the derivative as a hedge instrument is no longer appropriate. The Company’s derivatives are recorded on the balance sheet at their fair value. For derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges, any unrealized gains or losses on fair value are included in comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, assuming perfect effectiveness. Any ineffectiveness is recognized in earnings.

Income Taxes The provision for income taxes is determined in accordance with ASC 740, “Income Taxes.” Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, applying enacted statutory tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Future income tax benefits are recognized only to the extent that the realization of such benefits is considered to be more likely than not. The Company regularly reviews its deferred tax assets for recoverability and establishes a valuation allowance, when it is more likely than not that such deferred tax assets will not be recoverable, based on historical taxable income, projected future taxable income, and the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences.

Fair Values of Financial Instruments The carrying amount reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets for cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value based on the short-term maturity of these instruments. The carrying amounts reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets for accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair value based on the short-term nature of these accounts. The carrying amount reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets for long-term debt under the Company’s Credit Agreement (as discussed in Note 5 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements) approximates fair value, as these borrowings have variable rates that reflect currently available terms, credit spreads and conditions for similar debt. As of December 31, 2015, the fair value of the Company’s equipment capital leases and loans was equal to the carrying amount reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheets of $57,134. The fair value of the equipment capital leases and loans was estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, based on the Company’s current borrowing rates for similar types of equipment loans.

Self-Insurance The Company has purchased large deductible insurance policies for its workers’ compensation, auto liability, general liability, and professional liability exposures. The Company currently retains the first $250 of loss for workers’ compensation and auto liability and $100 for general and professional liability.

The Company’s policy is to accrue amounts equal to the actuarially estimated costs to settle open claims of insureds, as well as an estimate of the cost of insured claims that have been incurred but not reported. The Company develops information about the size of the ultimate claims based on historical experience, current industry information and actuarial analysis, and evaluates the estimates for claim loss exposure on an annual basis. Assets and liabilities are reported in gross amounts in other non-current assets and in current and non-current liabilities.

The Company believes that adequate provision has been made in the Consolidated Financial Statements for these liabilities. The most significant assumptions used in the estimation process include determining the trend in costs, the expected cost of claims incurred but not reported and the expected costs to settle or pay damage awards with respect to unpaid claims. Recorded liabilities are based upon estimates, and while management believes that the estimates of loss are reasonable, the ultimate liability may be in excess of or less than the recorded amounts. Due to the inherent volatility of actuarially determined loss estimates, it is reasonably possible that the Company could experience changes in estimated losses that could be material to net income. If the Company’s actual liability exceeds its estimates of loss, its future earnings, cash flows and financial condition would be adversely affected.

Use of Estimates The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

62


 

Comprehensive Income (Loss) The Company reports comprehensive income (loss) in accordance with ASC 220, “Comprehensive Income.” For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company has entered into multiple interest rate cap agreements and interest rate swap agreements, as discussed in Note 11 - Derivatives of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Assuming perfect effectiveness, any unrealized gains and losses related to the swaps and caps that qualify for cash flow hedge accounting are classified as a component of comprehensive income (loss), net of any tax. Any ineffectiveness is recognized in earnings.

Segment Reporting In accordance with ASC 280, “Segment Reporting,” and based on the nature of the financial information that is received by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), the Company operates in two reportable segments, Radiology and Oncology. Each of these segments, on a stand-alone basis, provide and make available their respective medical services in similar settings, and operate within a singular regulatory environment. Further, management assesses our segment operations and each segments' degree of efficiency and performance based on this structure of financial reporting, and primarily makes operating decisions from these reportable segment results.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Revenue Recognition In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU number 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)" — to clarify and converge the revenue recognition principles under U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards and to develop guidance that would streamline and enhance revenue recognition requirements while also providing a more robust framework for addressing revenue issues. ASU 2014-09 outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance, including industry specific guidance. Key provisions of the ASU involve a 5-step model specific to recognizing revenue derived from customer contracts. In addition, ASU 2014-09 provides implementation guidance on several other important topics, including the accounting for certain revenue-related costs. The Company is currently assessing the impacts this guidance may have on its Consolidated Balance Sheets, Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income, Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and disclosures as well as the transition method it will use to adopt the guidance. The Company is considering the impacts of the new guidance on its ability to recognize revenue for certain contracts where collectability is in question. In addition, the Company will be required to capitalize costs to acquire new contracts, whereas currently, the Company expenses those costs as incurred. In August 2015, the FASB issued an amendment to provide a one year deferral of the effective date to annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2017, as well as an option to early adopt the standard for annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2016. The Company does not plan to early adopt the standard.

Going Concern In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU number 2014-15, "Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40)". Under U.S. GAAP, a going concern is presumed unless and until an entity’s liquidation becomes imminent. When an entity’s liquidation becomes imminent, financial statements should be prepared under the liquidation basis of accounting in accordance with Subtopic 205-30, "Presentation of Financial Statements—Liquidation Basis of Accounting." However, there may be conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern, even if liquidation is not imminent. In those situations, financial statements should continue to be prepared under the going concern basis of accounting. ASU 2014-15 provides guidance about management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and to determine whether to disclose information about relevant conditions and events. ASU 2014-15 is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, and for annual periods and interim periods thereafter. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is assessing the impact, if any, that the adoption of ASU 2014-15 may have on the Company's results of operations, cash flows, or financial position.

Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU number 2015-03, “Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Cost” that changes the presentation of debt issuance costs in financial statements. ASU 2015-03 requires entities to present such costs in the balance sheet as a direct reduction to the related debt liability rather than as a deferred cost (i.e., an asset) as required by current guidance. In August 2015, the FASB issued clarifying authoritative guidance for debt issuance costs incurred in connection with line-of-credit arrangements. The guidance states that an entity should defer and present debt issuance costs as an asset and subsequently amortize the deferred debt issuance costs ratably over the term of the line-of-credit arrangement. ASU 2015-03 does not change the recognition or measurement of debt issuance costs and is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted for financial statements that have not been previously issued. The guidance is required to be applied retrospectively to all prior periods presented. The Company does not expect the adoption of the guidance will have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU number 2015-17, "Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes,” which will require entities to present deferred tax assets (“DTAs”) and deferred tax liabilities (“DTLs”) as noncurrent in a classified balance sheet. The ASU simplifies the current guidance, which requires entities to separately present DTAs and DTLs as current and noncurrent in a classified balance sheet. The adoption of ASU 2015-17 is effective for publicly

63


 

traded business entities for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of the guidance will have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

Leases In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU number 2016-02, "Leases,” to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. The ASU supersedes the current guidance. The main difference between current guidance and ASU 2015-02 is the recognition of lease assets and lease liabilities by lessees for those leases classified as operating leases under previous GAAP. ASU 2016-02 also requires an entity to separate the lease components from the nonlease components (for example, maintenance services or other activities that transfer a good or service to the customer) in a contract. Only the lease components must be accounted for in accordance with this guidance. ASU 2016-02 is effective for publicly traded business entities for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of the guidance will have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements. The Company is assessing the impact, if any, that the adoption of ASU 2016-02 may have on the Company's results of operations, cash flows, or financial position.

 

 

3. Acquisitions and Transactions

Acquisitions have been recorded using the acquisition method of accounting and accordingly, results of their operations have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements since the effective date of each respective acquisition.

2015 Acquisitions

During the year ended December 31, 2015, a total of $49.1 million in cash was paid, net of cash acquired, for the acquisitions and for the settlement of holdback liabilities. Transaction and other integration costs incurred in 2015 were $3.3 million and were included in transaction costs in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). These acquisitions contributed $43.8 million in revenues in 2015.

The Company negotiated the respective purchase prices of the businesses based on the expected cash flows to be derived from their operations after integration into the Company’s existing operations. The acquisition purchase price for each business is allocated based on the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, which are based on management estimates with the assistance of third-party appraisals. Purchase price allocations for the businesses acquired during 2015 are primarily based on provisional fair values and are subject to revision as the Company finalizes appraisals and other analyses. Final determination of the fair values may result in further adjustments to the values presented.

Pacific Cancer Institute, Inc.

On December 31, 2015, the Company through its Oncology Division, acquired a 95% controlling interest in the Pacific Cancer Institute (“PCI”), a state-of-the-art radiation therapy and SRS center located in Maui, Hawaii. The purchase price consisted of $11,013 in cash, net of holdback liabilities. The Company financed this acquisition using the revolving line of credit.

The following table summarizes recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date:

 

Equipment, net

 

 

1,921

 

Other assets

 

 

152

 

Goodwill

 

 

5,890

 

Identifiable intangible assets

 

 

8,800

 

Deferred tax liability

 

 

(3,748

)

Other liabilities

 

 

(122

)

Noncontrolling interest

 

 

(430

)

Total consideration

 

$

12,463

 

 

As a result of this acquisition, the Company recorded goodwill of $5,890, which largely represents other intangible assets that do not qualify for separate recognition, including existing patients and the solid record of patient care in the local community. In addition, the Company recorded intangible assets of $8,800, of which $1,800 was assigned to physician referral network, $5,400 was assigned to CONs, $650 was assigned to non-solicitation and non-competition agreements and $950 was assigned to trademarks, which are being amortized over 15 years. The Company recorded the intangible assets at fair value at the acquisition date, which was

64


 

estimated using the income approach. A portion of the recorded goodwill and intangible assets is being amortized over 15 years. The fair value of noncontrolling interest related to this transaction was estimated to be $430 as of the acquisition date, using the income approach. For the year ended December 31, 2015, net revenue and net income generated by PCI were not material.

The values assigned to the various assets and liabilities acquired in this transaction are preliminary and may be subject to adjustment as the calculation of their respective fair values could be subject to change.

The agreement includes contingent consideration arrangements, which are based on performance of the 12-month period following the transaction date. The fair value of these contingent consideration arrangements of $1,450 was estimated using probability-adjusted performance estimates as of the acquisition date and as of December 31, 2015.

AHIP-Florida, LLC

On October 14, 2015, the Company, through its Interventional Healthcare Services Division, acquired a 60% controlling interest in PRC Associates, LLC, (“PRC”), a premier provider of interventional pain management healthcare with eight locations in Central Florida and the Palm Coast. The purchase price consisted of $15,014 in cash, net of $264 cash acquired. The Company financed this acquisition using the revolving line of credit. The purchase agreement includes a mandatory redemption provision allowing the noncontrolling interest holder to sell its 10% noncontrolling interest to Alliance up to a short period after closing date.

The following table summarizes recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date:

 

Cash received

 

$

264

 

Equipment, net

 

 

890

 

Other assets

 

 

1,184

 

Goodwill

 

 

7,806

 

Identifiable intangible assets

 

 

15,400

 

Other liabilities

 

 

(475

)

Noncontrolling interest

 

 

(5,739

)

Total consideration

 

$

19,330

 

 

As a result of this acquisition, the Company recorded goodwill of $7,806, which largely represents other intangible assets that do not qualify for separate recognition, such as prominent leadership and solid record of patient care programs that set national standards for quality coordinated care in pain management. In addition, the Company recorded intangible assets of $15,400, of which $12,600 was assigned to physician referral network, $1,100 was assigned to non-solicitation and non-competition agreements and $1,700 was assigned to trademarks, which are being amortized over 15 years. The Company recorded the intangible assets at fair value at the acquisition date, which was estimated using the income approach. A portion of the recorded goodwill and intangible assets is being amortized over 15 years for tax purposes. The fair value of noncontrolling interest and mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interest related to this transaction was $5,739 and $2,386, respectively, as of the acquisition date and as of December 31, 2015. To estimate the fair value of noncontrolling interest, the Company received a thirty-party appraisal. The results for the year ended December 31, 2015 included $3,126 of net revenue and $357 of net income before income taxes, earnings from unconsolidated investees and noncontrolling interest.

The values assigned to the various assets and liabilities acquired in this transaction are preliminary and may be subject to adjustment as the calculation of their respective fair values could be subject to change.

The agreement includes contingent consideration arrangements, which are based on performance of the 12-month period following the transaction date. The fair value of these contingent consideration arrangements of $2,500 was estimated using probability-adjusted performance estimates as of the acquisition date and as of December 31, 2015.

Alliance-HNI, LLC and Subsidiaries

On August 1, 2015, the Company obtained an additional 15.5% interest in its previously non-consolidated investment, Alliance-HNI, LLC (“AHNI”) through a step-acquisition. Prior to August 1, 2015, the Company held a noncontrolling interest in AHNI, pursuant to its ownership of Medical Consultants Imaging, Co. (“MCIC”), which held a 50% interest in a joint venture that was subsequently renamed AHNI.

65


 

Prior to the step acquisition on August 1, 2015, AHNI had three subsidiaries: Alliance-HNI Leasing Co. ("AHNIL"), Alliance-HNV PET/CT Services, LLC (“AHNVPS”), and Alliance-HNV PET/CT Leasing, LLC (AHNVPL). AHNI held a 98% interest in AHNIL, which AHNI consolidated, and, effectively, a 53.4% interest in AHNVPS, which AHNI did not consolidate. In addition to the Company's original 50% investment in AHNI, it also had a 46.6% direct interest in AHNVPS prior to the step acquisition and, accordingly, the Company has historically consolidated AHNVPS and AHNVPL.

On August 1, 2015, the Company contributed its 46.6% interest in HNVPS and its rights to certain assets to AHNI in exchange for an additional 15.5% interest in AHNI. After the transaction the Company holds a 65.5% interest in AHNI which, in turn, holds all of the outstanding interest in AHNVPS. As a result of gaining a controlling interest in AHNI, the Company began consolidating AHNI effective August 1, 2015.

Pursuant to ASC 805, "Business Combinations," the transaction is considered a step acquisition and the Company was required to remeasure its previously held equity interest in AHNI at its acquisition-date fair value and recognize any resulting gain or loss. AHNVPS assets that the Company was in control of before and after the acquisition were maintained at their carrying amounts immediately before the acquisition date and no gain or loss or resulting goodwill was recognized on these assets.

The following table summarizes the consideration paid for AHNI and the recognized amounts of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date:

 

Consideration:

 

 

 

 

The Company's equity investment in AHNVPS transferred to AHNI

 

$

721

 

Certain equipment transferred to AHNI by the Company

 

 

477

 

Fair value of total consideration transferred

 

 

1,198

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of the Company's equity interest held in AHNI before the business combination

 

 

13,645

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recognized amounts of AHNI assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

 

1,848

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

2,064

 

Equipment, net

 

 

6,962

 

Intangible assets

 

 

13,700

 

Other assets

 

 

1,919

 

Long term debt

 

 

(4,110

)

Other liabilities

 

 

(1,095

)

Total recognized net assets

 

 

21,288

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noncontrolling interest in AHNI

 

 

9,463

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

$

2,988

 

 

The fair value of the consideration transferred was based on the net book value of the assets transferred by the Company to AHNI at the acquisition date because the Company had control of those assets before and after the transaction. The intangible assets consist primarily of physician referral network, trademarks, and certificates of need, a portion of which are being amortized over 15 years.

The fair value of both the Company's equity interest and the noncontrolling interest in AHNI, a private company, was estimated by applying the income approach and market approach. This fair value measurement was based on significant inputs that are not observable in the market and thus represents a fair value measurement categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy as described in Note 5 – Fair Value of Financial Instruments of the Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. Key assumptions include a weighted-average cost of capital of 11.5%, a revenue multiple of 1.7, and various earnings multiples between 5.0 and 6.5.

The Company recognized a non-cash gain of $10,672 as a result of remeasuring to fair value its 50% equity interest in AHNI held before the business combination. The gain is included in other income, net, in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the year ended December 31, 2015. The goodwill recorded largely represents other intangible assets that do not qualify for separate recognition, such as assembled workforce and well-known local presence and reputation. The results for the year ended December 31, 2015 included $10,590 and $5,942 of net revenue and net income before

66


 

income taxes, earnings from unconsolidated investees and noncontrolling interest, respectively, related to the post step-acquisition period.

The values assigned to the various assets and liabilities acquired in this transaction are preliminary and may be subject to adjustment as the calculation of their respective fair values could be subject to change.

The Pain Center of Arizona

On February 17, 2015, the Company purchased approximately a 59% membership interest in The Pain Center of Arizona (“TPC”), a comprehensive full-time pain management medical practice with 12 locations within the state of Arizona. The acquisition took place in two stages: a purchase of a 60% membership interest in TPC by the Company, and a 50% membership interest in Medical Practice Innovations, Inc. (“MPI”), followed by a transfer of MPI assets to TPC. The MPI transaction diluted the ownership interests of TPC, with the Company retaining approximately 59% membership interest in TPC. The purchase price consisted of $24,088 in cash, net of $234 cash acquired, and net of extinguishment of $3,071 of related-party notes receivable. The Company financed this acquisition using the revolving line of credit.

The following table summarizes recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date, as well as adjustments to finalize the valuations that were not significant:

 

Cash received

 

$

234

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

4,440

 

Equipment, net

 

 

3,346

 

Other assets

 

 

416

 

Goodwill

 

 

22,566

 

Identifiable intangible assets

 

 

24,600

 

Debt

 

 

(2,781

)

Other liabilities

 

 

(3,030

)

Noncontrolling interest

 

 

(20,598

)

Total consideration

 

$

29,193

 

 

As a result of this acquisition, the Company recorded goodwill of $22,566, which largely represents other intangible assets that do not qualify for separate recognition, such as prominent leadership and solid record of patient care programs that set national standards for quality coordinated care in pain management. In addition, the Company recorded intangible assets of $24,600, of which $13,500 was assigned to physician referral network and $11,100 was assigned to trademarks, which are being amortized over 20 years. The Company recorded the intangible assets at fair value at the acquisition date, which was estimated using the income approach. A portion of the recorded goodwill and intangible assets is being amortized over 15 years for tax purposes. The fair value of noncontrolling interest related to this transaction was estimated to be $20,598 as of the acquisition date using the implied fair value based on the Company's ownership percentage. The results for the year ended December 31, 2015 included $30,067 of net revenue and $1,794 of net income before income taxes, earnings from unconsolidated investees and noncontrolling interest generated by TPC.

The values assigned to the various assets and liabilities acquired in this transaction are preliminary and may be subject to adjustment as the calculation of their respective fair values could be subject to change.

The agreement includes contingent consideration arrangements, which are based on performance of the 12-month period following the transaction date. The fair value of these contingent consideration arrangements of $1,800 was estimated using probability-adjusted performance estimates as of the acquisition date and as of December 31, 2015.

 

2014 Acquisition

Charleston Area Radiation Therapy Centers

In November 2014, the Company through its Oncology Division invested $14,414, net of cash received, to acquire 50% equity in the formation of a joint venture between Charleston Area Medical Center ("CAMC") and Charleston Radiation Therapy Consultants, which will establish a new, state-of-the-art radiation therapy department at the CAMC Cancer Center that will utilize the latest in cancer technologies and treatments. In addition, Alliance Oncology has assumed full operational responsibility for the existing radiation oncology units at multiple locations in the Charleston, West Virginia area. In accordance with ASC 810, "Consolidation", the Company has determined that consolidation of this joint venture is appropriate. As a result of the Company's

67


 

ability to consolidate the joint venture, it recorded goodwill of $6,889 and intangible assets of $21,747, of which $11,547 is attributed to the necessary Certificate of Need ("CON"). The goodwill recorded largely represents other intangible assets that do not qualify for separate recognition, including existing patients of the hospital and the solid record of patient care that CAMC has established in the local community.

The Company recognized revenues and net earnings of $1,768 and $899, respectively, in its 2014 Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) and believes the revenues and expenses attributed to CAMC are immaterial to its 2014 consolidated results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.

Pro Forma Impact of Acquisitions

The following table provides unaudited pro forma revenues and results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, as if the acquisitions had occurred on January 1, 2014. The pro forma results were prepared from financial information obtained from the sellers of the businesses, as well as information obtained during the due diligence process associated with the acquisitions. The unaudited pro forma results reflect certain adjustments related to the acquisitions, such as increased depreciation and amortization expense resulting from the stepped-up basis to fair value of assets acquired and adjustments to reflect the Company’s borrowing and tax rates. The pro forma operating results do not include any anticipated synergies related to combining the businesses. Accordingly, such pro forma operating results were prepared for comparative purposes only and do not purport to be indicative of what would have occurred had the acquisitions been made as of January 1, 2014 or of results that may occur in the future.

 

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Total revenues

 

$

502,287

 

 

$

503,323

 

Net income attributable to the Company

 

 

9,966

 

 

 

16,773

 

Basic earnings per share

 

 

0.93

 

 

 

1.57

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

 

0.92

 

 

 

1.55

 

Restructuring Plan

On August 4, 2011, the Company’s board of directors approved a restructuring plan that included a significant organizational restructure and a cost savings and efficiency initiative. The Company initiated this restructuring plan in the third quarter of 2011. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recorded $1,327 related to restructuring charges, of which the Company recorded $175 in selling, general and administrative expenses, $225 in amortization, $27 in severance and related costs, and $900 in cost of revenues, excluding depreciation and amortization. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company recorded $2,602 related to restructuring charges, of which the Company recorded $1,162 in selling, general and administrative expenses, $180 in severance and related costs; and $1,440 in cost of revenues, excluding depreciation and amortization. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recorded $7,182 related to restructuring charges, of which the Company recorded $4,990 in selling, general and administrative expenses; $1,658 in severance and related costs; and $534 in cost of revenues, excluding depreciation and amortization.

Disposition of Radiology 24/7, LLC and 24/7 Radiology

In the second quarter of 2010, the Company purchased a majority of the outstanding membership interests of Radiology 24/7, LLC (“RAD 24/7”), a teleradiology services company providing primarily final, subspecialty professional radiology interpretation services and outsourced staffing services for MRI, PET/CT, CT, mammography, X-Ray and other imaging modalities and also preliminary radiology interpretation services nationwide. In April 2011, RAD 24/7 purchased some of the assets from 24/7 Radiology, a professional radiology services company providing both preliminary and final professional radiology interpretation services for MRI, CT, ultrasound, X-Ray and other imaging modalities.

In 2013, in accordance with ASC 350, the Company impaired its intangible assets related to its professional services business as a result of its decision that its professional radiology services business did not align with the long-term strategic direction of the Radiology Division, and divested its professional radiology services business in the fourth quarter of 2013. This triggering event resulted in revaluing intangible assets related to the professional services business at $1,525 after recognizing an impairment charge of $5,107 related to the intangible assets in 2013. All other assets related to the divestiture of the professional services business were immaterial.

 

 

 

4. Share-Based Payment

The Company has adopted ASC 718, “Compensation—Stock Compensation,” and follows the alternative transition method as described in ASC 718 for computing its beginning additional paid-in capital pool. In addition, the Company treats the tax deductions

68


 

from stock options as being realized when they reduce taxes payable in accordance with the principles and timing under the relevant tax law.

Stock Option Plans and Awards

In November 1999, the Company adopted an employee stock option plan (as amended and restated, the “1999 Equity Plan”) pursuant to which options and awards with respect to a total of 2,205,000 shares have become available for grant. As of December 31, 2015, a total of 476,044 shares remained available for grant under the 1999 Equity Plan. Options are granted with exercise prices equal to the fair value of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant. All options have 10-year terms. Options granted after January 1, 2008 were typically time based and vest in equal tranches over three or four years. During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, there were no options in which vesting was accelerated.

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to value the compensation expense associated with share-based payment awards. The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the assumptions presented in the table below. In addition, forfeitures are estimated when recognizing compensation expense and the estimate of forfeitures will be adjusted over the requisite service period to the extent that actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ, from such estimates. Changes in estimated forfeitures will be recognized through a cumulative catch-up adjustment in the period of change and will also impact the amount of compensation expense to be recognized in future periods.

The following weighted average assumptions were used in the estimated grant date fair value calculations for stock option awards:

 

 

 

Year Ended

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Risk free interest rate

 

 

1.65

%

 

 

1.83

%

 

 

1.52

%

Expected dividend yield

 

 

%

 

 

%

 

 

%

Expected stock price volatility

 

 

65.2

%

 

 

66.3

%

 

 

65.1

%

Average expected life (in years)

 

 

6.00

 

 

 

6.00

 

 

 

6.00

 

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s stock option activity:

 

 

 

Number of

Shares

 

 

Weighted-

Average

Exercise Price

 

 

Weighted-

Average

Remaining

Contractual

Term

 

 

Aggregate

Intrinsic

Value

 

Outstanding at January 1, 2013

 

 

767,496

 

 

$

18.57

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

156,302

 

 

$

23.83

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(31,679

)

 

$

16.85

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Canceled

 

 

(88,502

)

 

$

31.80

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

 

 

803,617

 

 

$

20.83

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

47,323

 

 

$

28.97

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(72,794

)

 

$

6.31

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Canceled

 

 

(144,248

)

 

$

14.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

 

 

633,898

 

 

$

21.41

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

83,514

 

 

$

23.91

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(2,515

)

 

$

10.12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Canceled

 

 

(68,607

)

 

$

39.03

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2015

 

 

646,290

 

 

$

19.91

 

 

 

5.77

 

 

$

911

 

Vested and expected to vest in the future at December 31, 2015

 

 

623,827

 

 

$

19.73

 

 

 

5.70

 

 

$

911

 

Vested and exercisable at December 31, 2015

 

 

487,620

 

 

$

18.20

 

 

 

5.19

 

 

$

908

 

 

69


 

The following table summarizes information about all the stock options outstanding at December 31, 2015:

 

Options Outstanding

 

 

Exercise Price

Range

 

Remaining

Contractual Term

 

 

Options Exercisable

 

 

Weighted Average

Exercise Price

 

 

100,000

 

 

$4.85 — $4.93

 

 

6.42

 

 

 

100,000

 

 

$

4.85

 

 

64,334

 

 

$4.94 — $5.95

 

 

6.11

 

 

 

64,334

 

 

$

5.65

 

 

83,002

 

 

$5.96 — $6.29

 

 

6.01

 

 

 

83,002

 

 

$

6.20

 

 

54,181

 

 

$6.30 — $22.43

 

 

5.07

 

 

 

54,181

 

 

$

15.32

 

 

78,069

 

 

$22.44 — $28.46

 

 

9.08

 

 

 

1,513

 

 

$

26.97

 

 

71,452

 

 

$28.47 — $28.92

 

 

2.75

 

 

 

51,011

 

 

$

28.58

 

 

102,952

 

 

$28.93 — $30.27

 

 

7.75

 

 

 

82,362

 

 

$

29.14

 

 

92,300

 

 

$30.28 — $48.70

 

 

2.29

 

 

 

92,300

 

 

$

40.64

 

 

646,290

 

 

$4.85 — $48.70

 

 

5.77

 

 

 

528,703

 

 

$

18.62

 

 

Cash proceeds, along with fair value disclosures related to grants, exercises, and vesting options, are as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

 

 

Year Ended

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Proceeds from stock options exercised

 

$

25

 

 

$

466

 

 

$

527

 

Intrinsic value of stock options exercised (1)

 

$

25

 

 

$

1,630

 

 

$

204

 

Weighted-average fair value of options granted

 

$

14.25

 

 

$

17.56

 

 

$

14.17

 

Total fair value of shares vested during the year

 

$

1,075

 

 

$

837

 

 

$

1,064

 

(1)  The intrinsic value of stock options exercised is the amount by which the market price of the stock on the date of exercise exceeded the market price of the stock on the date of grant.

 

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s unvested stock option activity:

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Weighted-

Average

Grant-Date

Fair Value

 

Unvested at January 1, 2015

 

 

197,899

 

 

$

12.17

 

Granted

 

 

83,514

 

 

 

14.25

 

Vested

 

 

(113,143

)

 

 

9.50

 

Canceled

 

 

(9,600

)

 

 

14.78

 

Unvested at December 31, 2015

 

 

158,670

 

 

$

15.01

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded share-based payment related to stock options of $1,012, $830 and $925, respectively. At December 31, 2015, the total unrecognized fair value share-based payment related to unvested stock options granted to both employees and non-employees was $1,470, which is expected to be recognized over a remaining weighted-average period of 1.64 years. The valuation model applied in this calculation utilizes highly subjective assumptions that could potentially change over time, including the expected forfeiture rate and performance targets. Therefore, the amount of unrecognized share-based payment noted above does not necessarily represent the value that will ultimately be realized by the Company in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (loss).

Stock Awards

The 1999 Equity Plan, as amended and restated, permits the award of restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock bonus awards and performance-based stock awards (collectively referred to as “stock awards”). There were no stock awards granted to employees in 2015 or 2014. During 2013, awards to certain employees vested immediately upon the date of grant, or cliff vested after one year, provided that the employee remained continuously employed through the issuance date. For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded share-based payment related to stock awards of $689, $685 and $562, respectively.

In the third quarter of 2014, 25,000 restricted stock units (“RSU”) were granted to executive management, which vest based upon achieving certain market performance conditions. Specifically, the Company's closing stock price per common share must equal or exceed a value of $40.00 per share for 10 consecutive days between the dates of January 1, 2015 and April 21, 2017. If these conditions are not achieved before April 21, 2017, these RSUs will expire. In accordance with ASC 718, expense related to restricted

70


 

stock units that vest based on achieving a market condition should not be recognized until the derived vesting period has been met, and at such time the derived vesting period becomes the requisite service period. Since the market condition has not been met, and is currently not probable of being met based on the current market condition, the Company has not recognized any expense related to these RSUs. These RSUs contain provisions that vesting may be accelerated under a change in control of the Company. There were no RSUs granted during year ended December 31, 2015

The following table summarizes the Company’s unvested restricted stock activity:

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Weighted-

Average

Grant-Date

Fair Value

 

Unvested at January 1, 2013

 

 

104,544

 

 

 

 

 

Granted to employees

 

 

14,100

 

 

 

 

 

Granted to non-employee directors

 

 

13,619

 

 

 

 

 

Vested

 

 

(54,038

)

 

 

 

 

Canceled

 

 

(7,334

)

 

 

 

 

Unvested at December 31, 2013

 

 

70,891

 

 

 

 

 

Granted to employees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted to non-employee directors

 

 

32,959

 

 

 

 

 

Vested

 

 

(44,619

)

 

 

 

 

Canceled

 

 

(26,272

)

 

 

 

 

Unvested at December 31, 2014

 

 

32,959

 

 

$

20.99

 

Granted to employees

 

 

 

 

$

 

Granted to non-employee directors

 

 

74,413

 

 

$

9.18

 

Vested

 

 

(32,959

)

 

$

20.99

 

Canceled

 

 

 

 

$

 

Unvested at December 31, 2015

 

 

74,413

 

 

$

9.18

 

 

At December 31, 2015, the total unrecognized fair value share-based payment related to stock awards granted to unaffiliated directors was $663, which is expected to be recognized over a remaining weighted-average period of 1.00 year. At December 31, 2015, there was no unrecognized fair value share-based payment related to stock awards granted to employees.

 

 

5. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company used the following methods and assumptions in estimating fair value disclosure for financial instruments:

Cash and cash equivalents The carrying amounts reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets approximate fair value due to the short-term maturity or variable rates of these instruments.

Debt The carrying amounts of variable-rate borrowings at December 31, 2015 and 2014 approximate fair value estimates based on current market rates and credit spreads for similar debt instruments.

Contingent consideration The carrying amounts of contingent consideration related to acquisition at December 31, 2015 approximate fair value using probability-adjusted performance estimates.

Mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interest The carrying amount of mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interest related to the PRC acquisition at December 31, 2015 approximates fair value using the estimated implied fair value based on the Company's ownership percentage. Further discussion of the mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interest is disclosed in Note 3 – Acquisitions and Transactions.

Derivative instruments Fair value was determined based on the income approach and standard valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single present amount and approximates the net gains and losses that would have been realized if the contracts had been settled at each period-end.

71


 

The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments are as follows: 

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

Carrying

Value

 

 

Fair

Value

 

 

Carrying

Value

 

 

Fair

Value

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

38,070

 

 

$

38,070

 

 

$

33,033

 

 

$

33,033

 

Fixed-rate capital leases and debt

 

 

40,667

 

 

 

40,262

 

 

 

13,015

 

 

 

13,878

 

Variable-rate debt

 

 

537,018

 

 

 

538,520

 

 

 

494,273

 

 

 

494,353

 

Contingent consideration related to acquisition

 

 

5,750

 

 

 

5,750

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interest

 

 

2,386

 

 

 

2,386

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative instruments - asset position

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

228

 

 

 

228

 

Derivative instruments - liability position

 

 

86

 

 

 

86

 

 

 

46

 

 

 

46

 

 

ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurement,” applies to all assets and liabilities that are being measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis. ASC 820 requires disclosure that establishes a framework for measuring fair value in GAAP by establishing a hierarchy for ranking the quality and reliability of the information used to determine fair values. The statement requires that assets and liabilities carried at fair value will be classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:

 

Level 1

Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

Level 2

Observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs, including identical securities in inactive markets or similar securities in active markets that are corroborated by market data.

 

Level 3

Unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data.

The Company’s fixed and variable-rate debt represent level 2 liabilities not measured at fair value on a recurring basis. None of the Company’s instruments has transferred from one level to another.

The following table summarizes the valuation of the Company’s financial instruments that are reported at fair value on a recurring basis by the above ASC 820 pricing levels as of December 31, 2015: 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Quoted market

prices in active

markets (Level 1)

 

 

Significant other

observable

inputs

(Level 2)

 

 

Significant

unobservable

inputs (Level 3)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

38,070

 

 

$

38,070

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Contingent consideration related to acquisition

 

 

5,750

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,750

 

Mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interest

 

 

2,386

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,386

 

Interest rate contracts - asset position

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts - liability position

 

 

86

 

 

 

 

 

 

86

 

 

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the valuation of the Company’s financial instruments that are reported at fair value on a recurring basis by the above ASC 820 pricing levels as of December 31, 2014: 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Quoted market

prices in active

markets (Level 1)

 

 

Significant other

observable

inputs

(Level 2)

 

 

Significant

unobservable

inputs (Level 3)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

33,033

 

 

$

33,033

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Interest rate contracts - asset position

 

 

228

 

 

 

 

 

 

228

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts - liability position

 

 

46

 

 

 

 

 

 

46

 

 

 

 

 

The Company’s derivative instruments are primarily pay-fixed, receive-variable interest rate swaps and caps based on the LIBOR swap rate. The Company has elected to use the income approach to value these derivatives, using observable Level 2 market expectations at measurement date and standard valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single present amount assuming that participants are motivated, but not compelled to transact. Level 2 inputs for interest rate swap and cap valuations are limited to quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets (specifically futures contracts on LIBOR for the first two years) and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (specifically LIBOR cash and swap rates at commonly quoted intervals and implied volatilities for options). ASC 820 states that the fair value measurement of an asset or liability must reflect the nonperformance risk of the entity and the counterparty. Therefore, the impact of the counterparty’s creditworthiness and the

72


 

Company’s creditworthiness has also been factored into the fair value measurement of the derivative instruments. For additional information please see Note 11 - Derivatives of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Disclosures for Non-Financial Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis

The Company also measures the fair value of certain assets on a non-recurring basis, generally on an annual basis, or when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. These assets include goodwill, intangible assets, long-lived assets and investments in unconsolidated investees.

 

 

6. Impairment Charges

For the year ended December 31, 2015 and in accordance with ASC 350, the Company performed its annual impairment test in the fourth quarter for goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives. From this analysis, the Company concluded that no impairment was present. During 2015, the Company implemented a plan to start the process to close a radiation therapy center and, as a result, recorded a non-cash charge to write off $6,670 of intangible assets not subject to amortization associated with that center in its Oncology Division. The revenues from the radiation therapy center were not material for the year ended December 31, 2015.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, in accordance with ASC 350, the Company performed its annual impairment test in the fourth quarter for goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives. From this analysis, the Company concluded that no impairment was present. Additionally, impairment charges totaling $308 were recorded in 2014 primarily due to the write off of the Company's equity investment in an oncology site location upon the site's closure in 2014.

In the third quarter of 2013, in accordance with ASC 350, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $4,529 to revalue intangible assets to an estimated fair value of $7,458 related to the closure of an radiology site location in August 2013, which was originally purchased in a group of assets acquired in 2007. Upon acquisition, the Company recorded both tangible and intangible assets including physician referral networks, non-compete agreements, certificates of need and goodwill. In late 2012, the term of a non-compete agreement ended causing a decline in revenue, ultimately resulting in the radiology site closure. Based on this triggering event, the Company deemed it appropriate to perform a valuation analysis of the remaining intangible assets related to the original acquisition. Based on current year performance to project revenues and earnings to estimate future cash flows, the Company applied the excess earnings method under the income approach to value the physician referral networks, and applied the beneficial earnings method under the income approach. The guideline transaction method under the market approach was used to value the certificates of need. The Company categorized this fair value determination as Level 3 (unobservable) in the fair value hierarchy, as described in Note 5 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

In 2013, in accordance with ASC 350, the Company impaired its intangible assets related to its professional services business as a result of its decision that its professional radiology services business did not align with the long-term strategic direction of the Radiology Division, and divested its professional radiology services business in the fourth quarter of 2013. This triggering event resulted in revaluing intangible assets related to the professional services business at $1,525 after recognizing an impairment charge of approximately $5,107 related to the intangible assets in 2013. The Company based the carrying value of these intangible assets on the selling price the Company received in the sale transaction for the assets related to its professional services business (categorized as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy, as described in Note 5 – Fair Value of Financial Instruments. All other assets related to the divestiture of the professional services business were immaterial.

In the fourth quarter of 2013, in accordance with ASC 350, the Company recorded an impairment charge related to the pending expiration of one of its non-compete agreements with the affiliated oncology physician. Negotiation efforts to renew the non-compete agreement were unsuccessful, and the Company appropriately revalued all intangible assets specifically related to the single location originally purchased with a group of assets in 2011. The impairment charge totaled $3,395 comprised of assets including a physicians' referral network, trademarks, and professional services agreement, which were all written down to zero value. The Company categorized this fair value determination as Level 3 (unobservable) in the fair value hierarchy, as described in Note 5 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

73


 

7. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill are as follows:

 

Balance at January 1, 2014

 

$

56,975

 

Goodwill acquired during the period

 

 

6,889

 

Impairment charges

 

 

 

Adjustments to goodwill during the period

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

 

 

63,864

 

Goodwill acquired during the period

 

 

38,918

 

Impairment charges

 

 

 

Adjustments to goodwill during the period

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

 

$

102,782

 

Gross goodwill

 

$

277,026

 

Accumulated impairment charges

 

 

(174,244

)

Balance at December 31, 2015

 

$

102,782

 

 

Intangible assets consisted of the following:

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

Gross Carrying

Amount

 

 

Accumulated

Amortization

 

 

Intangible

Assets, net

 

 

Gross Carrying

Amount

 

 

Accumulated

Amortization

 

 

Intangible

Assets, net

 

Amortizing intangible assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer contracts

 

$

186,316

 

 

$

(92,280

)

 

$

94,036

 

 

$

162,089

 

 

$

(93,617

)

 

$

68,472

 

Other

 

 

38,522

 

 

 

(20,540

)

 

 

17,982

 

 

 

26,241

 

 

 

(21,758

)

 

 

4,483

 

Total amortizing intangible assets

 

$

224,838

 

 

$

(112,820

)

 

$

112,018

 

 

$

188,330

 

 

$

(115,375

)

 

$

72,955

 

Intangible assets not subject to amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50,905

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

42,975

 

Total other intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

162,923

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

115,930

 

 

The Company uses the estimated useful life to amortize customer contracts, which is a weighted-average of 15 years. Other intangible assets subject to amortization are estimated to have a weighted-average useful life of six years. Amortization expense for intangible assets subject to amortization was $9,325 and $7,880 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The intangible assets not subject to amortization represent certificates of need and regulatory authority rights which have indefinite useful lives.

Estimated annual amortization expense for each of the fiscal years ending December 31, is presented below:

 

2016

 

 

9,371

 

2017

 

 

8,964

 

2018

 

 

8,603

 

2019

 

 

8,119

 

2020

 

 

7,634

 

Thereafter

 

 

69,327

 

 

 

74


 

8. Other Accrued Liabilities

Other accrued liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

2015

 

 

December 31,

2014

 

Systems rental and maintenance costs

 

$

1,808

 

 

$

1,586

 

Site rental fees

 

 

1,121

 

 

 

992

 

Property and sales taxes payable

 

 

8,695

 

 

 

9,276

 

Self-insurance expense

 

 

2,037

 

 

 

2,276

 

Legal fees

 

 

1,971

 

 

 

 

Deferred gain on sale of equipment

 

 

312

 

 

 

312

 

Equipment purchases

 

 

4,756

 

 

 

2,133

 

Contingent consideration related to acquisition

 

 

5,750

 

 

 

 

Mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interest

 

 

2,386

 

 

 

 

Other expenses

 

 

7,617

 

 

 

9,967

 

Total

 

$

36,453

 

 

$

26,542

 

 

 

9. Long-Term Debt and Senior Subordinated Credit Facility

Long-term debt consisted of the following:

 

 

 

December 31,

2015

 

 

December 31,

2014

 

Term loan facility

 

$

502,874

 

 

$

482,825

 

Discount on term loan facility

 

 

(1,823

)

 

 

(2,156

)

Revolving credit facility

 

 

19,500

 

 

 

2,000

 

Equipment under capital leases

 

 

13,006

 

 

 

10,428

 

Equipment debt

 

 

44,128

 

 

 

14,192

 

Long-term debt, including current portion

 

 

577,685

 

 

 

507,289

 

Less current portion

 

 

20,406

 

 

 

15,512

 

Long-term debt

 

$

557,279

 

 

$

491,777

 

 

Equipment debt, collateralized by equipment, have interest rates ranging from 3.89% to 9.00% and are payable in various monthly principal and interest payments through 2021.  Equipment under capital leases, collateralized by equipment, have interest rates ranging from 1.15% to 10.32% and are payable in various monthly principal and interest payments through 2021.

Credit Facility and Senior Secured Term Loan Refinancing

In December 2009, the Company entered into a senior secured credit agreement comprised of a $460,000 term loan maturing in June 2016 and a $120,000 revolving facility maturing in December 2014.

On June 3, 2013, the Company replaced its existing credit facility with a new senior secured credit agreement with Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative agent, and the other lenders party thereto (the “Credit Agreement”). The Credit Agreement consists of (i) a $340,000, six-year term loan facility, (ii) a $50,000, five-year revolving loan facility, including a $20,000 sublimit for letters of credit, (iii) uncommitted incremental loan facilities of $100,000 of revolving or term loans, plus an additional amount if the Company’s pro forma leverage ratio is less than or equal to 3.25, subject to receipt of lender commitments and satisfaction of specified conditions, and (iv) an $80,000 delayed draw term loan facility, which was required to be drawn within thirty days of June 3, 2013 and used for the redemption of the Company's $190,000 of 8% Senior Notes (“Notes”).

On July 3, 2013 the delayed draw term loan facility was utilized, of which the proceeds were used to redeem $80,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Company's outstanding Notes that were originally issued in December 2009 as a cash tender offer for any and all of its outstanding 7.25% Notes originally issued in December of 2004. The delayed draw term loan facility converted into, and matched the terms of, the new $340,000 term loan facility. If any of the Notes remain outstanding on September 1, 2016, then the maturity date of all loans under the Credit Agreement will be September 1, 2016.

Borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest through maturity at a variable rate based upon, at the Company's option, either the LIBOR or the base rate (which is the highest of the administrative agent’s prime rate, one-half of 1.00% in excess of the

75


 

overnight federal funds rate, and 1.00% in excess of the one-month LIBOR rate), plus, in each case, an applicable margin. With respect to the term loan facilities, the applicable margin for LIBOR loans is 3.25% per annum, and with respect to the revolving loan facilities, the applicable margin for LIBOR loans ranges, based on the applicable leverage ratio, from 3.00% to 3.25% per annum, in each case, with a LIBOR floor of 1.00%. The applicable margin for base rate loans under the term loan facilities is 2.25% per annum and under the revolving loan facility ranges, based on the applicable leverage ratio, from 2.00% to 2.25% per annum. Prior to the refinancing of the term loan facilities, the applicable margin for base rate loans was 4.25% per annum and the applicable margin for revolving loans was 5.25% per annum, with a LIBOR floor of 2.00%. The Company is required to pay a commitment fee which ranges, based on the applicable leverage ratio, from 0.38% to 0.50% per annum on the undrawn portion available under the revolving loan facility and variable per annum fees with respect to outstanding letters of credit.

During the first five and one-half years after the closing date, and including the full amount of the delayed draw term loan facility, the Company will be required to make quarterly amortization payments of the term loans in the amount of $1,050. The Company is also required to make mandatory prepayments of term loans under the Credit Agreement, subject to specified exceptions, from excess cash flow (as defined in the Credit Agreement) and with the proceeds of asset sales, debt issuances and specified other events.

Obligations under the Credit Agreement are guaranteed by substantially all the Company's direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries. The obligations under the Credit Agreement and the guarantees are secured by a lien on substantially all tangible and intangible property, and by a pledge of all of the shares of stock and limited liability company interests of the Company's direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries, of which the Company now owns or later acquires more than a 50% interest, subject to limited exceptions.

In addition to other covenants, the Credit Agreement places limits on the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to declare dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock, prepay, redeem or purchase debt, incur liens and engage in sale-leaseback transactions, make loans and investments, incur additional indebtedness, amend or otherwise alter debt and other material agreements, engage in mergers, acquisitions and asset sales, transact with affiliates and alter the business conducted by the Company and its subsidiaries.

The Credit Agreement also contains a leverage ratio covenant requiring the Company to maintain a maximum ratio of consolidated total debt to consolidated adjusted EBITDA expense that ranges from 4.95 to 1.00 to 4.30 to 1.00. At December 31, 2015, the Credit Agreement requires a maximum leverage ratio of not more than 4.55 to 1.00. The Credit Agreement eliminated the interest coverage ratio covenant that the Company was subject to maintain prior to the refinancing. Failure to comply with the covenants in the Credit Agreement could permit the lenders under the Credit Agreement to declare all amounts borrowed under the Credit Agreement, together with accrued interest and fees, to be immediately due and payable, and to terminate all commitments under the Credit Agreement.

As a result of the 2013 debt refinancing transaction, the Company recognized a loss on extinguishment totaling $17,069 resulting from the write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs and the discount related to the former credit facility.

Incremental Term Loan

On October 11, 2013, the Company entered into an amendment to the Credit Agreement with Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative agent, and the other lenders party thereto (the “First Amendment”). Pursuant to the First Amendment, the Company raised $70,000 in incremental term loan commitments to repurchase the remaining Notes. On December 2, 2013, the Company borrowed $70,000 of incremental term loans, and with such proceeds plus borrowings under its revolving line of credit and cash on hand, completed the redemption of all its outstanding Notes on December 4, 2013.

On June 19, 2015, the Company entered into a second amendment to the Credit Agreement with Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative agent, and the other lenders party thereto (the “Second Amendment”). Pursuant to the Second Amendment, the Company raised the remaining $30,000 in incremental term loan commitments. The funds were used to repay all outstanding borrowings under the Company's revolving credit facility, pay fees and expenses related to the Second Amendment, and general corporate purposes. The Second Amendment did not impact the borrowing capacity on the revolving credit facility which remains at $50,000.

The incremental term loan under the Second Amendment was funded at 99.0% of principal amount and will mature on the same date as the existing term loan under the Company’s credit agreement on June 3, 2019. Upon funding, the incremental term loans were converted to match all the terms of existing term loans. Interest on the incremental term loan is calculated, at the Company’s option, at a base rate plus a 2.25% margin or LIBOR plus a 3.25% margin, subject to a 1.00% LIBOR floor.

76


 

The quarterly amortization payments of all term loans under the credit facility for the first five and one-half years was initially established at $1,050. The quarterly amortization payment was increased to $1,225 in December 2013 pursuant to the First Amendment and subsequently increased to $1,300 in June 2015 pursuant to the Second Amendment.  

The Company’s obligations under the incremental term loans are guaranteed by substantially all of the Company’s direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries. The obligations under the incremental term loan and the guarantees are secured by a lien on substantially all of the Company’s tangible and intangible property, and by a pledge of all of the shares of stock and limited liability company interests of the Company’s direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries, of which the Company now owns or later acquires more than a 50% interest, subject to limited exceptions.

As a result of the 2013 transaction, the Company recognized a loss on extinguishment totaling $3,817 including $1,721 of expense related to unamortized deferred costs and associated discount, as well as $2,025 for the related call premium.

As of December 31, 2015, the Company’s ratio of consolidated total debt to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA calculated pursuant to the Credit Agreement was 4.10 to 1.00. As of December 31, 2015, the Company had $25.7 million of available borrowings under our revolving line of credit, net of $19.5 million outstanding on the revolving line of credit and $4.8 million outstanding in letters of credit.

8% Senior Notes

In December 2009, the Company completed a cash tender offer (the “2009 Tender Offer”) for any and all of its outstanding 7.25% Notes issued in December of 2004, and issued $190,000 of 8.0% senior notes due in 2016 in a transaction that was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Company used the proceeds from this transaction, its term loan facility and existing cash to complete the 2009 Tender Offer. The Notes were issued at 98.7% of par, with the discount to par being amortized to interest expense and other, net through the maturity date of the notes.

On July 3, 2013, as a result of the Company's $80,000 redemption in principal amount of its Notes and pursuant to the terms of the indenture governing the Notes, the Company immediately incurred $1,522 of expense related to unamortized deferred costs and associated discount, as well as $3,200 for the related call premium.

In September 2013, the Company repurchased $8,772 in principal amount of its Notes in privately negotiated transactions. The Company immediately incurred $160 of expense related to unamortized deferred costs and associated discount, as well as $251 for the related call premium.

The annual principal maturities of long-term debt as of December 31, 2015 are as follows:

 

 

 

Bank Credit Facilities

 

 

 

Term Loan

 

 

Revolving

Credit Facility

 

 

Equipment Under Capital Leases

 

 

Equipment

Loans

 

 

Total

 

Year ending December 31:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016

 

 

5,200

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,674

 

 

 

12,532

 

 

 

20,406

 

2017

 

 

5,200

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,908

 

 

 

7,795

 

 

 

14,903

 

2018

 

 

5,200

 

 

 

19,500

 

 

 

1,992

 

 

 

5,200

 

 

 

31,892

 

2019

 

 

487,274

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,029

 

 

 

4,280

 

 

 

493,583

 

2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,669

 

 

 

1,808

 

 

 

5,477

 

Thereafter

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

734

 

 

 

12,513

 

 

 

13,247

 

 

 

$

502,874

 

 

$

19,500

 

 

$

13,006

 

 

$

44,128

 

 

$

579,508

 

 

Notes Payable and Line of Credit with PNC

As a result of the step acquisition on August 1, 2015, and subsequent consolidation of AHNI, the Company had notes payable to PNC totaling $6,539 at December 31, 2015. The notes payable are due in various installments through December 2020 at interest rates between 1.64% and 1.83% per annum. The notes are also collateralized by equipment and contain restrictive covenants. AHNI also has a $2,000 line of credit with PNC, with interest calculated based on LIBOR plus 1.4%. As of December 31, 2015, there was no amount outstanding on the line of credit.

 

 

77


 

10. Income (Loss) Per Common Share

Basic net income (loss) per share is computed utilizing the two-class method and is calculated based on the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the periods presented, excluding unvested restricted stock units which do not contain nonforfeitable rights to dividend and dividend equivalents.

Diluted net income (loss) per share is computed using the weighted-average number of common and common equivalent shares outstanding during the periods utilizing the two-class method for stock options, unvested restricted stock and unvested restricted stock units. Potentially dilutive securities are not considered in the calculation of net loss per share as their impact would be anti-dilutive.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted loss per share (amounts in thousands, except per share amounts): 

 

 

 

Year Ended

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc.

 

$

6,742

 

 

$

10,618

 

 

$

(21,483

)

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares-basic

 

 

10,741

 

 

 

10,669

 

 

 

10,634

 

Effect of dilutive securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee stock options

 

 

108

 

 

 

167

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares-diluted

 

 

10,849

 

 

 

10,836

 

 

 

10,634

 

Income (loss) per common share attributable to Alliance HealthCare

   Services, Inc.:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.63

 

 

$

1.00

 

 

$

(2.02

)

Diluted

 

$

0.62

 

 

$

0.98

 

 

$

(2.02

)

Stock options excluded from the computation of diluted per share amounts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares for which the exercise price exceeds average

   market price of common stock

 

 

384

 

 

 

337

 

 

 

176

 

Average exercise price per share that exceeds average market price of

   common stock

 

$

30.16

 

 

$

34.75

 

 

$

35.02

 

 

 

11. Derivatives

The Company accounts for derivative instruments and hedging activities in accordance with the provisions of ASC 815, “Derivatives and Hedging.” Management generally designates derivatives in a hedge relationship with the identified exposure on the date the Company enters into a derivative contract, as disclosed below. The Company has only executed derivative instruments that are economic hedges of exposures that can qualify in hedge relationships under ASC 815. The Company formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as the risk-management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. In this documentation, the Company specifically identifies the firm commitment or forecasted transaction that has been designated as a hedged item and states how the hedging instrument is expected to hedge the risks related to the hedged item. The Company formally assesses effectiveness of its hedging relationships, both at the hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, then measures and records ineffectiveness. The Company would discontinue hedge accounting prospectively (i) if it is determined that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting change in the cash flows of a hedged item, (ii) when the derivative expires or is sold, terminated or exercised, (iii) because it is probable that the forecasted transaction will not occur, or (iv) if management determines that designation of the derivative as a hedge instrument is no longer appropriate. The Company’s derivatives are recorded on the balance sheet at their fair value. For additional information please see Note 5 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. For derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges, any effective unrealized gains or losses on fair value are included in comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, and any ineffective gains or losses are recognized in income immediately. Amounts recorded in comprehensive income (loss) are reclassified to earnings when the hedged item impacts earnings.

Cash Flow Hedges

Interest Rate Cash Flow Hedges

The Company has entered into multiple interest rate swap and cap agreements to hedge the future cash interest payments on portions of its variable rate bank debt. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company had interest rate swap and cap agreements to hedge approximately $265,879 and $258,729 of its variable rate bank debt, respectively, or 46.0% and 51.0% of total debt,

78


 

respectively. Over the next twelve months, the Company expects to reclassify $814 from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to interest expense and other, net.

In the first quarter of 2010, the Company entered into three interest rate cap agreements, in accordance with Company policy, to avoid unplanned volatility in the income statement due to changes in the LIBOR interest rate environment. The interest rate cap agreements, matured in February 2014 with a total notional amount of $150,000 and were de-designated as cash flow hedges associated with the Company’s variable rate bank debt in the fourth quarter of 2013.

In the second quarter of 2011, the Company acquired two interest rate swap agreements (the “USR Swaps”) as part of the acquisition of US Radiosurgery, LLC (“USR”). One of the USR Swaps, which matured in October 2015, had a notional amount of $871 as of December 31, 2014. Under the terms of this agreement, the Company receives one-month LIBOR and pays a fixed rate of 5.71%. The net effect of the hedge is to record interest expense at a fixed rate of 8.71%, as the underlying debt incurred interest based on one-month LIBOR plus 3.00%. The other USR Swap matured in April 2014. As a result of the acquisition of USR, the USR Swaps were de-designated, hedge accounting was terminated and all further changes in the fair market value of these swaps are being recorded in interest expense and other, net.

In the fourth quarter of 2012, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement in connection with equipment financing. The swap, which matures in December 2017, had a notional amount of $2,197 as of December 31, 2015. Under the terms of this agreement, the Company receives one-month LIBOR plus 2.50% and pays a fixed rate of 3.75%. The net effect of the hedge is to convert interest expense to a fixed rate of 3.75%, as the underlying debt incurred interest based on one-month LIBOR plus 2.50%.

In the first quarter of 2013, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement in connection with equipment financing. The swap, which matures in April 2018, had a notional amount of $2,051 as of December 31, 2015. Under the terms of this agreement, the Company receives one-month LIBOR plus 2.00% and pays a fixed rate of 2.87%. The net effect of the hedge is to convert interest expense to a fixed rate of 2.87%, as the underlying debt incurred interest based on one-month LIBOR plus 2.00%.

In the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company entered into five interest rate cap agreements ("2013 Caps"). The 2013 Caps, which mature in December 2016, had a notional amount of $250,000 and were designated as cash flow hedges of future cash interest payments associated with a portion of the Company’s variable rate bank debt. Under these arrangements, the Company has purchased a cap on LIBOR at 2.50%. The Company paid $815 to enter into the caps, which is being amortized through interest expense and other, net over the life of the agreements.

In the fourth quarter of 2014, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement in connection with equipment financing. The swap, which matures in November 2019, had a notional amount of $1,347 as of December 31, 2015. Under the terms of this agreement, the Company receives one-month LIBOR and pays a fixed rate of 1.34%. The net effect of the hedge is to convert interest expense to a fixed rate of 1.34%, as the underlying debt incurred interest based on one-month LIBOR.

In the third quarter of 2015, the Company acquired eight non-designated interest rate swaps (the "AHNI Swaps") as a result of the step acquisition of AHNI. The AHNI swaps mature on various dates ranging from April 2017 through April 2020 and had notional amounts totaling $3,304 as of December 31, 2015. Under the terms of these arrangements, the Company receives one-month LIBOR and pays fixed rates ranging from 0.85% to 1.17%. The changes in fair market value of the AHNI Swaps are recorded in interest expense and other, net, as incurred.

In the fourth quarter of 2015, the Company entered into two interest rate swap agreements in connection with equipment financing. The swaps mature from December 2020 through December 2021 and had notional amounts totaling $6,979 as of December 31, 2015. Under the terms of these agreements, the Company receives one-month LIBOR and one-month LIBOR plus 2.00% and pays fixed rates of 1.37% and 3.69%, respectively. The net effect of these hedges is to convert interest expense to fixed rates of 1.37% and 3.69%, as the underlying debt incurred interest based on one-month LIBOR and one-month LIBOR plus 2.00%, respectively.

Quantitative information about the Company’s derivatives’ impact on performance and operations is provided below:

 

 

 

Asset Derivatives

 

 

 

Fair Value as of December 31,

 

 

 

Balance Sheet

Location

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts

 

Other assets

 

$

 

 

$

228

 

 

79


 

 

 

Liability Derivatives

 

 

 

Fair Value as of December 31,

 

 

 

Balance Sheet

Location

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts

 

Other liabilities

 

$

7

 

 

$

10

 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts

 

Other liabilities

 

$

79

 

 

$

36

 

 

The Effect of Designated Derivative Instruments on the Statement of Operations

For the Year Ended December 31, 2015

 

Derivatives in

Cash

Flow Hedging

Relationships

 

Amount of Gain (Loss)

Recognized in OCI on

Derivatives (Effective

Portion)

 

 

Location of

Gain (Loss)

Reclassified from

Accumulated OCI

into Income

(Effective Portion)

 

Amount of Gain (Loss)

Reclassified from

Accumulated OCI into

Income (Effective

Portion)

 

 

Location of Gain

(Loss) Recognized in

Income on Derivatives

(Ineffective Portion)

 

Amount of Gain (Loss)

Recognized in Income

on Derivatives

(Ineffective Portion)

 

Interest rate

   contracts

 

$

(246

)

 

Interest expense

   and other, net

 

$

25

 

 

Interest expense

   and other, net

 

$

1

 

Total

 

$

(246

)

 

 

 

$

25

 

 

 

 

$

1

 

 

The Effect of Designated Derivative Instruments on the Statement of Operations

For the Year Ended December 31, 2014

 

Derivatives in

Cash

Flow Hedging

Relationships

 

Amount of Gain (Loss)

Recognized in OCI on

Derivatives (Effective

Portion)

 

 

Location of

Gain (Loss)

Reclassified from

Accumulated OCI

into Income

(Effective Portion)

 

Amount of Gain (Loss)

Reclassified from

Accumulated OCI into

Income (Effective

Portion)

 

 

Location of Gain

(Loss) Recognized in

Income on Derivatives

(Ineffective Portion)

 

Amount of Gain (Loss)

Recognized in Income

on Derivatives

(Ineffective Portion)

 

Interest rate

   contracts

 

$

(552

)

 

Interest expense

   and other, net

 

$

(109

)

 

Interest expense

   and other, net

 

$

(2

)

Total

 

$

(552

)

 

 

 

$

(109

)

 

 

 

$

(2

)

 

The effect of non-designated derivative instruments on the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 was immaterial.

 

 

12. Commitments and Contingencies

Purchase Commitments

The Company has maintenance contracts with its equipment vendors for substantially all of its radiology and oncology equipment. The contracts are between one and five years from inception and extend through the year 2020, but may be canceled by the Company under certain circumstances. The Company's total contract payments for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 were $40,421, $38,860 and $39,209, respectively. At December 31, 2015, the Company had binding equipment purchase commitments totaling $28,428.

80


 

Leases

The Company leases office and warehouse space and certain equipment under non-cancelable operating leases. The office and warehouse leases generally call for minimum monthly payments plus maintenance and inflationary increases. The Company also leases equipment under capital lease arrangements. The future minimum payments under operating and capital leases are as follows:

 

Year ending December 31:

Capital Leases

 

Operating Leases

 

2016

$

2,674

 

$

11,108

 

2017

 

1,908

 

 

9,102

 

2018

 

1,992

 

 

7,792

 

2019

 

2,029

 

 

2,302

 

2020

 

3,669

 

 

1,403

 

Thereafter

 

734

 

 

7,665

 

 

$

13,006

 

$

39,372

 

 

The Company's total rental expense, which includes short-term equipment rentals, for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $22,819, $16,814 and $15,760, respectively.

Guarantees and Indemnities

The Company has applied the disclosure provisions of ASC 460, “Guarantees,” to its agreements that contain guarantee or indemnification clauses. These disclosure provisions expand those required by ASC 440, “Commitments,” and ASC 450, “Contingencies,” by requiring a guarantor to disclose certain types of guarantees, even if the likelihood of requiring the guarantor's performance is remote. The following is a description of arrangements in which the Company is the guarantor or indemnifies a party.

In the normal course of business, the Company has made certain guarantees and indemnities, under which it may be required to make payments to a guaranteed or indemnified party, in relation to certain transactions. The Company indemnifies other parties, including customers, lessors, and parties to other transactions with the Company, with respect to certain matters. The Company has agreed to hold the other party harmless against losses arising from certain events as defined within the particular contract, which may include, for example, litigation or claims arising from a breach of representations or covenants. In addition, the Company has entered into indemnification agreements with its executive officers and directors and the Company's bylaws contain similar indemnification obligations. Under these arrangements, the Company is obligated to indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, its current or former officers and directors for various amounts incurred with respect to actions, suits or proceedings in which they were made, or threatened to be made, a party as a result of acting as an officer or director.

It is not possible to determine the maximum potential amount under these indemnification agreements due to the limited history of prior indemnification claims and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement. Historically, payments made related to these indemnifications have been immaterial. At December 31, 2015, the Company has determined that no liability is necessary related to these guarantees and indemnities.

Litigation

In connection with the acquisition of Medical Outsourcing Services, LLC (“MOS”) in the third quarter of 2008, the Company subsequently identified a Medicare billing practice related to a portion of MOS's retail billing operations that raised compliance issues under Medicare reimbursement guidelines. The practice was in place before the acquisition and was discontinued when the Company became aware of it. In accordance with the corporate compliance program, the Company entered into discussions with representatives of the federal government to advise it of the issue and seek guidance on appropriate next steps.

In June 2010, the Company commenced arbitration proceedings against the former owners of MOS related to the Medicare billing matter, in addition to certain other indemnification issues. In the arbitration, the Company asserted claims of fraud and breach of representations and warranties.

On December 29, 2011, the Company received notice of an award by the arbitration panel, which awarded the Company $2,527 in damages for breach of contract claims, plus prejudgment interest at 9% under New York law from July 29, 2008 (which interest continues to accrue until the award is paid in full); $255 for two other indemnification claims; $1,453 for attorneys’ fees and expenses; and $110 for arbitration expenses. The award also provides that approximately $1,300 of a remaining indemnification cap created in connection with the acquisition is available for future indemnification claims, including with respect to the potential government claim discussed above, and must be satisfied by the former owners of MOS. On January 25, 2012, one of the former owners of MOS paid $665 to the Company, and on February 17, 2012, the same owner released $592 to the Company from amounts held in an

81


 

indemnification escrow related to the acquisition. On January 25, 2012, the Company filed an action in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois to confirm the award as a judgment against the other former owner of MOS that has refused to satisfy its obligations under the award.

In the first quarter of 2013, the former owners of MOS paid $1,198 which amount represented the remaining amount of the indemnification cap created in connection with the acquisition. This amount was in addition to $5,300 the Company already recovered from the former owners of MOS in connection with the arbitration award against them. With these final payments totaling $1,198, the former owners of MOS have now fully satisfied their obligations to the Company under the arbitration award. Following receipt of the final payments from the former owners of MOS, the Company then entered into a settlement agreement to resolve the government's investigation of the Medicare billing practices engaged in by MOS prior to the acquisition. Under the terms of the settlement agreement, the Company paid $2,400 to the government, which amount was paid primarily from the funds recovered in the arbitration from the former owners of MOS. 

In June 2012, Pacific Coast Cardiology (“PCC”) d/b/a Pacific Coast Imaging, Emanuel Shaoulian, MD, Inc., and Michael M. Radin, MD, Inc. filed a lawsuit in California state court against the Company and other defendants. The complaint asserted a number of claims related to management’s decision not to purchase PCC in 2010, and also separately sought a determination regarding an amount the Company contends was owed to us by PCC pursuant to a previous contractual arrangement. In July 2014, the Company entered into a settlement agreement for an amount that is not material to its consolidated financial statements, for which it had previously recorded an accrual. The Court approved the settlement on August 11, 2014.

On March 27, 2013, the Company was served with a lawsuit filed in U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Mississippi by Superior MRI Services, Inc.  The Plaintiff is an alleged successor in interest to a former local competitor, P&L Contracting, Inc.  Plaintiff alleges the Company disregarded Mississippi CON rules and regulations by operating without obtaining the appropriate authority, and is seeking in excess of $1,000 in damages as well as requesting injunctive relief. In January 2014, the District Court dismissed Plaintiff’s complaint on a number of procedural and substantive grounds. The plaintiff subsequently appealed the District Court’s ruling to the Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals.  On February 18, 2015, the Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals affirmed the District Court’s dismissal, thereby, effectively concluding this case in Alliance’s favor.  

On June 14, 2013, Alliance Oncology, LLC, a subsidiary of the Company, filed a complaint against Harvard Vanguard Medical Associates, Inc. (“HVMA”) in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts, including several claims seeking damages resulting from HVMA’s early termination of a long-term services agreement between the two companies. HVMA filed an answer to Alliance Oncology’s complaint on August 27, 2013. Without specifying its alleged damages, HVMA also asserted several counterclaims in its answer. The Company filed its answer to HVMA’s counterclaims on October 4, 2013. The matter was settled on November 13, 2015 pursuant to a confidential settlement agreement.  

On February 10, 2015, Alliance Oncology was served with a lawsuit in the United States District Court for the Western District of Missouri by Dr. Barry Michael Driver. At the time the lawsuit was filed, the Plaintiff was an employed physician at Alliance Oncology’s Joplin, Missouri, Radiation Therapy Cancer Treatment Center. The Plaintiff alleged Alliance Oncology breached his employment agreement by failing to pay him in accordance with the terms of the contract. Alliance Oncology disputed Dr. Driver’s interpretation of the employment agreement and asserted Dr. Driver was paid appropriately. On September 9, 2015, the parties agreed to resolve the matter by mutual agreement whereby the Company agreed to pay the Plaintiff $1,500 as full release of any and all claims.

In November 2015, the Company was served with a lawsuit in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Ohio by Todd S. Elwert, DC, Inc.  The Complaint alleges violations of the Junk Fax Prevention Act for allegedly sending an unsolicited advertisement to Plaintiff which promoted commercial availability and/or quality of the Company’s services. The Plaintiff further alleges that it is part of a class of similarly situated chiropractors who received the blast fax, and as such, requested class certification.  The Company filed its response on December 17, 2015 and is currently in the discovery phase of the lawsuit.  

Other Matters

The Company from time to time is involved in routine litigation and regulatory matters incidental to the conduct of its business. The Company believes that resolution of such matters will not have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial statements.

 

 

13. 401(k) Savings Plan

Under the Company's 401(k) Savings Plan (the “Plan”), all employees who are over 21 years of age are eligible to participate after attaining 30 days to 9 months of service, depending on the eligible participant’s work schedule. Employees may contribute between 1% and 50% of their annual compensation, subject to Internal Revenue Code limitations. For the years ended December 31,

82


 

2015 and 2014, the Company accrued $778 and $492, respectively, to the Plan for employee services rendered in 2015 and 2014, to be contributed subsequent to year-end. For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company did not match any employee contributions to the Plan. The Company may also make discretionary contributions depending on profitability. No discretionary contributions were made in 2015, 2014 and 2013.

 

 

14. Income Taxes

The income tax (benefit) expense shown in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) consists of the following:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

(91

)

 

$

239

 

 

$

92

 

State

 

 

288

 

 

 

334

 

 

 

228

 

Total current

 

 

197

 

 

 

573

 

 

 

320

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

5,864

 

 

 

5,858

 

 

 

(10,681

)

State

 

 

475

 

 

 

896

 

 

 

(2,037

)

Total deferred

 

 

6,339

 

 

 

6,754

 

 

 

(12,718

)

Total income tax (benefit) expense

 

$

6,536

 

 

$

7,327

 

 

$

(12,398

)

 

Significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax assets (liabilities) at December 31 are as follows:

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Basis differences in equipment

 

$

(31,255

)

 

$

(29,107

)

Basis differences in intangible assets

 

 

(287

)

 

 

2,479

 

Net operating losses

 

 

6,841

 

 

 

5,672

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

1,673

 

 

 

1,671

 

State income taxes

 

 

992

 

 

 

623

 

Accruals not currently deductible for income tax purposes

 

 

7,913

 

 

 

8,057

 

Basis differences associated with acquired investments

 

 

(21,612

)

 

 

(14,308

)

Other

 

 

5,622

 

 

 

4,907

 

Total deferred taxes

 

 

(30,113

)

 

 

(20,006

)

Valuation allowance

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net deferred taxes

 

$

(30,113

)

 

$

(20,006

)

Current deferred tax asset

 

$

6,496

 

 

$

16,834

 

Noncurrent deferred tax liability

 

 

(36,609

)

 

 

(36,840

)

Net deferred taxes

 

$

(30,113

)

 

$

(20,006

)

 

A reconciliation of expected total income tax (benefit) expense, computed using the federal statutory rate on income is as follows:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

U.S. Federal tax benefit at statutory rates

 

$

10,591

 

 

$

9,861

 

 

$

(9,265

)

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

 

 

496

 

 

 

800

 

 

 

(1,175

)

Earnings from unconsolidated investees

 

 

1,187

 

 

 

1,629

 

 

 

1,971

 

Noncontrolling interest

 

 

(7,130

)

 

 

(5,209

)

 

 

(4,564

)

Shareholder transaction costs

 

 

737

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

655

 

 

 

246

 

 

 

635

 

Income tax (benefit) expense

 

$

6,536

 

 

$

7,327

 

 

$

(12,398

)

 

As of December 31, 2015, the Company had net operating loss ("NOL") carryforwards of approximately $16,847 and $14,937 for federal and state income tax purposes, respectively. These loss carryforwards will expire at various dates from 2016 through 2031. As of December 31, 2015, the Company also had alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards of $4,633 with no expiration date.

83


 

As of December 31, 2015, the Company has provided a liability for $229 of unrecognized tax benefits related to various federal and state income tax matters. The tax-effected amount that would reduce the Company’s effective income tax rate if recognized is $192.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Unrecognized tax benefits at January 1

 

$

269

 

 

$

287

 

 

$

428

 

Increases for positions taken in current year

 

 

51

 

 

 

64

 

 

 

41

 

Increases for positions taken in a prior year

 

 

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

 

Decreases for positions taken in a prior year

 

 

(11

)

 

 

 

 

 

(15

)

Decreases for lapses in the applicable statute of limitations

 

 

(80

)

 

 

(113

)

 

 

(167

)

Decreases for settlements with taxing authorities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits at December 31

 

$

229

 

 

$

269

 

 

$

287

 

 

The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. As of December 31, 2015, the Company had approximately $10 in accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits.

The Company is subject to United States federal income tax as well as income tax of multiple state tax jurisdictions. The Company’s federal tax returns are currently open to audit under the statute of limitations by the Internal Revenue Service for the years ended December 31, 2012 through 2015. The Company’s and its subsidiaries’ state income tax returns are open to audit under the applicable statutes of limitations for the years ended December 31, 2011 through 2015. The Company does not anticipate a significant change to the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits within the next 12 months.

 

 

15. Related-Party Transactions

Ownership Structure and Credit Agreements

On April 16, 2007, Oaktree and MTS purchased 4,900,301 shares of the Company’s common stock. Upon completion of the transaction, Oaktree and MTS owned in the aggregate approximately 50% of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company. At December 31, 2015, Oaktree and MTS owned in the aggregate approximately 51% of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company. The Company has not paid management fees to Oaktree and MTS for their financial advisory services to the Company.

On June 3, 2013, the Company replaced its existing credit facility with a new senior secured credit agreement with Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative agent, and the other lenders party thereto (the “Credit Agreement”). Of the other lenders, Oaktree funded approximately $40,476 of the $340,000 six-year term loan facility. In addition, as of July 3, 2013, Oaktree funded approximately $9,524 of the $80,000 delayed draw.

On October 11, 2013, the Company obtained commitments from its current lenders with respect to a $70,000 incremental term loan under its Credit Agreement. On December 2, 2013, the Company borrowed $70,000 of incremental term loans, and with such proceeds plus borrowings under its revolving line of credit and cash on hand, completed the redemption of all its outstanding Notes on December 4, 2013. Oaktree funded $10,000 of the $70,000 incremental term loan.

On September 16, 2015, Fujian Thai Hot Investment Co., Ltd. (“Thai Hot”) agreed to purchase approximately 5,537,945 shares of Company common stock from funds managed by Oaktree, MTS and Larry C. Buckelew (“Buckelew” and, together with Oaktree and MTS, the “Selling Stockholders”) for approximately $102.5 million or $18.50 per share (the “Transaction”). In connection with the Transaction, Thai Hot and the Selling Stockholders agreed to bear a specified portion of the following Company expenses related to the Transaction: (i) 100% of the fees and expenses incurred by the Company in connection with the amendment or waiver of its credit agreement, and (ii) all reasonable and documented fees and expenses incurred by the Company in connection with the Transaction in excess of $1 million.  In addition, subject to the approval of the Board or an authorized special committee of the Board, Thai Hot agreed to fund a new management incentive arrangement which involves the issuance of $1.5 million in cash-based awards to the Company’s management.  

Selling Stockholders believe that the Transaction is expected to close within a few weeks of the filing of this Form 10-K. Upon completion of the Transaction, Thai Hot will own a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company. The Company has not agreed to pay any management fees to Thai Hot for any financial advisory services to the Company.

84


 

Management Agreements

The Company had direct ownership in two unconsolidated investees at December 31, 2015 and three unconsolidated investees at December 31, 2014. As discussed in Note 3 of the Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company obtained an additional 15.5% interest in one of its unconsolidated investees, AHNI, on August 1, 2015, thereby increasing its ownership position in AHNI to 65.5% and giving it a controlling interest.

Revenues from management agreements with unconsolidated equity investees were $6,099, $9,134 and $9,564 during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The Company provides services as part of its ongoing operations for and on behalf of the unconsolidated equity investees, which are included in the management agreement revenue, who reimburse the Company for the actual amount of the expenses incurred. The Company records the expenses as cost of revenues and the reimbursement as revenue in its Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, the amounts of the revenues and expenses were $4,879, $7,320 and $7,781, respectively.

 

 

16. Investments in Unconsolidated Investees

The Company has direct ownership in two unconsolidated investees at December 31, 2015. The Company owns 15% and 50% of these investees respectively, and provides management services under agreements with these investees, expiring at various dates through 2025. Both of these investees are accounted for under the equity method because the Company does not exercise control over the operations of these investees.

On August 1, 2015, the Company obtained an additional 15.5% interest in a previously unconsolidated investee, AHNI, thereby increasing its ownership position to 65.5% and giving it a controlling interest. Prior to August 1, 2015, the Company's interest in AHNI was deemed a noncontrolling interest and, as such, the Company accounted for the investment using the equity method.

During 2014, in accordance with ASC 323, “Investments—Equity Method and Joint Ventures,” the Company wrote off its remaining investment in one of its unconsolidated investees that was originally acquired in 2011. The impairment charge totaled $236 and is related to the closure of one cancer center in the second quarter of 2014 due to the expiration of one of its non-compete agreements with the affiliated oncology physician. Impairment charges related to this event were taken in 2013 for a physician referral network, trademarks, and professional services agreement, which were all written down to zero value.

 

Set forth below are certain operating results for the aggregate of the Company’s unconsolidated investees, including the operating results for AHNI from January 1, 2015 through its acquisition on August 1, 2015, for the year ended December 31, 2014:  

 

 

 

December 31,

2015

 

 

December 31,

2014

 

Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

$

2,644

 

 

$

8,687

 

Noncurrent assets

 

 

273

 

 

 

10,108

 

Current liabilities

 

 

676

 

 

 

3,760

 

Noncurrent liabilities

 

 

35

 

 

 

3,395

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Combined Operating Results:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

$

20,796

 

 

$

27,735

 

 

$

27,614

 

Expenses

 

 

9,038

 

 

 

13,597

 

 

 

12,721

 

Net income

 

 

11,758

 

 

 

14,138

 

 

 

14,893

 

Earnings from unconsolidated investees

 

 

3,391

 

 

 

4,654

 

 

 

5,630

 

 

 

17. Segment Information

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. In accordance with ASC 280, “Segment Reporting,” and based on the nature of the financial information that is received by the CODM, the Company operates in three operating segments (Radiology Division, Oncology Division, and Interventional Healthcare Services Division). Two of the three operating segments, which are the Radiology and Oncology Divisions, qualify as reportable segments under the definition of ASC 280. Each of these reportable segments, on a stand-alone basis, provides and makes available their respective medical services in similar settings, and operates within a singular regulatory environment. Further,

85


 

management assesses the segment operations and each segment’s degree of efficiency and performance based on this structure of financial reporting, and primarily makes operating decisions from these reportable segment results.

The radiology segment is comprised of diagnostic imaging services including MRI, PET/CT and other imaging services. The oncology segment is comprised of radiation oncology services. The interventional healthcare services operating segment does not constitute a separate reporting segment under ASC 280 and is included within the Corporate/Other results. All intercompany revenues, expenses, payables and receivables are eliminated in consolidation and are not reviewed when evaluating segment performance. Each segment’s performance is evaluated based on Revenue, Segment Income and Net Income. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.

The following table summarizes the Company’s revenue by segment:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Radiology

 

$

339,627

 

 

$

343,463

 

 

$

370,968

 

Oncology

 

 

99,957

 

 

 

92,924

 

 

 

77,863

 

Corporate/Other

 

 

33,470

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

473,054

 

 

$

436,387

 

 

$

448,831

 

 

The following are components of revenue:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MRI revenue

 

$

183,893

 

 

$

180,815

 

 

$

187,207

 

PET/CT revenue

 

 

128,356

 

 

 

133,224

 

 

 

145,027

 

Oncology

 

 

99,957

 

 

 

92,924

 

 

 

77,863

 

Other radiology

 

 

27,378

 

 

 

29,425

 

 

 

38,734

 

Corporate/Other

 

 

33,470

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

473,054

 

 

$

436,387

 

 

$

448,831

 

 

Segment income represents net income (loss) before income taxes; interest expense and other, net; amortization expense; depreciation expense; share-based payment; severance and related costs; noncontrolling interest in subsidiaries; restructuring charges; transaction costs; impairment charges and other non-cash charges. Segment income is the most frequently used measure of each segment’s performance and is commonly used in setting performance goals. The following table summarizes the Company’s segment income:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Segment income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Radiology

 

$

94,475

 

 

$

104,681

 

 

$

128,247

 

Oncology

 

 

43,112

 

 

 

41,846

 

 

 

34,752

 

Corporate / Other

 

 

(6,327

)

 

 

(10,772

)

 

 

(15,578

)

Total

 

$

131,260

 

 

$

135,755

 

 

$

147,421

 

 

86


 

The reconciliation of Net income (loss) to total segment income is shown below:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc.

 

$

6,742

 

 

$

10,618

 

 

$

(21,483

)

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

6,536

 

 

 

7,327

 

 

 

(12,398

)

Interest expense and other, net

 

 

26,241

 

 

 

24,693

 

 

 

39,170

 

Amortization expense

 

 

9,100

 

 

 

7,880

 

 

 

10,973

 

Depreciation expense

 

 

48,595

 

 

 

54,971

 

 

 

66,319

 

Share-based payment (included in selling, general and administrative

   expenses)

 

 

1,701

 

 

 

1,515

 

 

 

1,487

 

Severance and related costs

 

 

1,320

 

 

 

2,517

 

 

 

 

Noncontrolling interest in subsidiaries

 

 

20,373

 

 

 

14,883

 

 

 

13,041

 

Restructuring charges (Note 3)

 

 

1,327

 

 

 

2,602

 

 

 

7,182

 

Transaction costs

 

 

3,296

 

 

 

2,344

 

 

 

465

 

Shareholder transaction costs

 

 

1,853

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment charges

 

 

6,817

 

 

 

308

 

 

 

13,031

 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26,018

 

Legal matters expense

 

 

6,915

 

 

 

5,587

 

 

 

3,067

 

Non-cash gain on step acquisition (included in other income and expense, net)

 

 

(10,672

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other non-cash charges (included in other income and expense, net)

 

 

1,116

 

 

 

510

 

 

 

549

 

Total segment income

 

$

131,260

 

 

$

135,755

 

 

$

147,421

 

 

Net income (loss) for the radiology and oncology segments does not include charges for interest expense, net of interest income, income taxes or certain selling, general and administrative expenses. These costs are charged against the Corporate / Other segment. The following table summarizes the Company’s net income (loss) by segment:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Net income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Radiology

 

$

52,173

 

 

$

55,903

 

 

$

56,881

 

Oncology

 

 

4,912

 

 

 

16,242

 

 

 

6,048

 

Corporate / Other

 

 

(50,343

)

 

 

(61,527

)

 

 

(84,412

)

Total

 

$

6,742

 

 

$

10,618

 

 

$

(21,483

)

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s identifiable assets by segment:

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Identifiable assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Radiology

 

$

298,634

 

 

$

229,141

 

 

$

240,317

 

Oncology

 

 

213,698

 

 

 

182,880

 

 

 

158,216

 

Corporate / Other

 

 

122,555

 

 

 

88,864

 

 

 

91,314

 

Total

 

$

634,887

 

 

$

500,885

 

 

$

489,847

 

 

87


 

The following table summarizes the Company’s goodwill by segment:

 

 

 

Radiology

 

 

Oncology

 

 

Corporate

/ Other

 

 

Total

 

Balance at January 1, 2014

 

$

42,166

 

 

$

14,809

 

 

$

 

 

$

56,975

 

Goodwill acquired during the period

 

 

 

 

 

6,889

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,889

 

Impairment charges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustments to goodwill during the period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

 

$

42,166

 

 

$

21,698

 

 

$

 

 

$

63,864

 

Goodwill acquired during the period

 

 

2,656

 

 

 

5,891

 

 

 

30,371

 

 

 

38,918

 

Impairment charges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustments to goodwill during the period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

 

$

44,822

 

 

$

27,589

 

 

$

30,371

 

 

$

102,782

 

Gross goodwill

 

$

199,164

 

 

$

47,491

 

 

$

30,371

 

 

$

277,026

 

Accumulated impairment charges

 

 

(154,342

)

 

 

(19,902

)

 

 

 

 

 

(174,244

)

Balance at December 31, 2015

 

$

44,822

 

 

$

27,589

 

 

$

30,371

 

 

$

102,782

 

 

Capital expenditures in the radiology, oncology and corporate/other segments were $27,478, $21,694 and $6,339 respectively for the year ended December 31, 2015, $18,311, $3,994, and $10,081 respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2014, and $21,288, $762, and $4,998 respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

 

 

 

88


 

18. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

The following table sets forth selected unaudited quarterly information for the Company’s last eight fiscal quarters derived from the Company’s interim financial statements. Such financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the Consolidated Financial Statements and all necessary adjustments (which consisted only of normal recurring adjustments) have been included to present fairly the results of such periods when read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes included elsewhere herein.

 

 

 

Quarter Ended

 

 

 

Mar. 31,

 

 

Jun. 30,

 

 

Sep. 30,

 

 

Dec. 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2015

 

 

2015

 

 

2015

 

Revenues

 

$

109,429

 

 

$

118,504

 

 

$

120,784

 

 

$

124,337

 

Cost of revenues, excluding depreciation and amortization

 

 

61,886

 

 

 

67,485

 

 

 

67,057

 

 

 

72,676

 

Income before income taxes, earnings from unconsolidated

   investees and noncontrolling interest

 

 

6,507

 

 

 

284

 

 

 

17,571

 

 

 

5,898

 

Net income

 

 

6,098

 

 

 

2,942

 

 

 

13,065

 

 

 

5,010

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc.

 

 

1,751

 

 

 

(1,961

)

 

 

7,204

 

 

 

(252

)

Income (loss) per common share attributable to Alliance

   HealthCare Services, Inc.:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.16

 

 

$

(0.18

)

 

$

0.67

 

 

$

(0.02

)

Diluted

 

$

0.16

 

 

$

(0.18

)

 

$

0.67

 

 

$

(0.02

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quarter Ended

 

 

 

Mar. 31,

 

 

Jun. 30,

 

 

Sep. 30,

 

 

Dec. 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2014

 

 

2014

 

 

2014

 

Revenues

 

$

105,365

 

 

$

111,238

 

 

$

110,137

 

 

$

109,647

 

Cost of revenues, excluding depreciation and amortization

 

 

56,940

 

 

 

59,627

 

 

 

59,401

 

 

 

61,452

 

Income before income taxes, earnings from unconsolidated

   investees and noncontrolling interest

 

 

5,489

 

 

 

7,380

 

 

 

9,583

 

 

 

5,722

 

Net income

 

 

4,980

 

 

 

6,820

 

 

 

7,854

 

 

 

5,847

 

Net income attributable to Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc.

 

 

1,931

 

 

 

2,784

 

 

 

4,011

 

 

 

1,892

 

Income per common share attributable to Alliance HealthCare

   Services, Inc.:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.18

 

 

$

0.26

 

 

$

0.37

 

 

$

0.19

 

Diluted

 

$

0.18

 

 

$

0.26

 

 

$

0.37

 

 

$

0.17

 

 

The Company experiences seasonality in the revenues and margins generated for its services. First and fourth quarter revenues are typically lower than those from the second and third quarters. First quarter revenue is affected primarily by fewer calendar days and inclement weather, typically resulting in fewer patients being scanned or treated during the period. Fourth quarter revenues are affected by holiday and client and patient vacation schedules, resulting in fewer scans or treatments during the period. The variability in margins is higher than the variability in revenues due to the fixed nature of our costs. The Company also experiences fluctuations in the revenues and margins generated due to acquisition activity and general economic conditions, including recession or economic slowdown. For information regarding acquisitions, transactions and impairment charges recorded in 2015 and 2014, see Note 3 – Acquisitions and Transactions and Note 6 – Impairment Charges of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

89


 

Item 9.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE. 

None.

ITEM 9A.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognized that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. Also, we have investments in certain unconsolidated entities. As we do not control or manage these entities, our disclosure controls and procedures with respect to such entities are more limited than those we maintain with respect to our consolidated subsidiaries. These unconsolidated entities are not considered material to our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

As required by SEC Rule 13a-15(b), we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on the foregoing, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level.

 

90


 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Internal control over financial reporting refers to the process designed by, or under the supervision of, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, and effected by our management and other personnel, with oversight from our board of directors, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and includes those policies and procedures that:

 

(1)

Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;

 

(2)

Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of managements and directors of the Company; and

 

(3)

Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Internal control over financial reporting cannot provide absolute assurance of achieving financial reporting objectives because of its inherent limitations. Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves human diligence and compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. Internal control over financial reporting also can be circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Because of such limitations, there is a risk that material misstatements may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by internal control over financial reporting. However, these inherent limitations are known features of the financial reporting process. Therefore, it is possible to design into the process safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, this risk. Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Company.

Management has used the framework set forth in the report entitled Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) published by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (“COSO”) of the Treadway Commission to evaluate the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Management has concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2015.

During the year ended December 31, 2015, we expanded into the interventional healthcare services business line with the acquisitions of The Pain Center of Arizona on February 17, 2015 and AHIP-Florida, LLC on October 14, 2015. As permitted for recently acquired businesses, management has excluded the interventional healthcare services business line from our assessment of internal control over financial reporting. Total tangible assets, total revenues and total earnings before income taxes and noncontrolling interest of the interventional healthcare services business line represent 4%, 7%, and 9%, respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management has determined that, as of December 31, 2015, there has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting during the last fiscal quarter then ended that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

91


 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc.

Newport Beach, California

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. As described in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, management excluded from its assessment the internal control over financial reporting at The Pain Center of Arizona and AHIP-Florida, LLC, which were acquired on February 17, 2015 and October 14, 2015, respectively, (collectively, “the interventional healthcare services business line”), and whose financial statements constitute 4% of total tangible assets, 7% of total revenues, and 9% of total income before income taxes, earnings from unconsolidated investees, and noncontrolling interest of the consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015. Accordingly, our audit did not include the internal control over financial reporting at the interventional healthcare services business line. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("generally accepted accounting principles"). A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements and the consolidated financial statement schedule as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015 of the Company, and our report dated March 10, 2016, expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements and the consolidated financial statement schedule.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

 

Costa Mesa, California

March 10, 2016

 

92


 

ITEM 9B.

OTHER INFORMATION 

None.

 

93


 

PART III

ITEM 10.

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by Item 10 of Form 10-K, other than that relating to identification of our executive officers, will be included in our 2016 definitive proxy statement and is incorporated herein by reference. The information required by Item 10 of Form 10-K relating to identification of our executive officers is incorporated by reference from Item 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by Item 11 of Form 10-K will be included in our 2016 definitive proxy statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDERS

The information required by Item 12 of Form 10-K with respect to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management will be included in our 2016 definitive proxy statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

The information required by Item 12 of Form 10-K with respect to securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans is incorporated by reference from Item 5 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 13.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by Item 13 of Form 10-K will be included in our 2016 definitive proxy statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by Item 14 of Form 10-K will be included in our 2016 definitive proxy statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

94


 

PART IV

ITEM 15.

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

(a)

The following documents are filed as part of this Form 10-K:

1

Financial Statements:

A listing of the Consolidated Financial Statements of Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc., related notes and Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm is set forth in Item 8 of this report on Form 10-K.

2

Financial Statement Schedules:

The following Financial Statement Schedule for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 is set forth on page 111 of this report on Form 10-K:

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

All other schedules have been omitted because the required information is not present or is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the information required is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.

 

95


 

3

Index to Exhibits: 

 

Exhibit

No.

 

Description

 

 

 

3.1

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Alliance. (Filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-16609) with the SEC on August 14, 2001)

 

 

 

3.1.1

 

Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Alliance. (Filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-16609) with the SEC on February 17, 2009)

 

 

 

3.1.2

 

Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc. (Filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-16609) with the SEC on December 12, 2012)

 

 

 

3.2

 

Amended and Restated By-laws of Alliance. (Filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-16609) with the SEC on August 14, 2001)

 

 

 

3.2.1

 

Certain Amended and Restated Provisions of the By-laws of Alliance. (Filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-16609) with the SEC on December 20, 2007)

 

 

 

4.1

 

Specimen certificate for shares of common stock, $.01 par value, of Alliance. (Filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-16609) with the SEC on August 14, 2001)

 

 

 

10.1*

 

The 1999 Equity Plan for Employees of Alliance and Subsidiaries, as amended and restated.  (Filed as Appendix A to the Company’s Proxy Statement on Form DEF 14A (File No. 001-16609) with the SEC on April 17, 2009)

 

 

 

10.2*

 

Form of non-qualified stock option agreement under the 1999 Equity Plan for Employees of Alliance and Subsidiaries, as amended and restated. (Filed as Exhibit 10.25 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4/A (File No. 333-60682) with the SEC on June 14, 2001)

 

 

 

10.3*

 

Alliance Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated. (Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-16609) with the SEC on December 20, 2007)

 

 

 

10.4

 

Form of Stockholder’s Agreement. (Filed as Exhibit 10.21 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-60682) with the SEC on May 10, 2001)

 

 

 

10.5*

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement. (Filed as Exhibit 10.27 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-64322) with the SEC on July 2, 2001)

 

 

 

10.6*

 

Employment Agreement dated as of December 1, 2005 between Alliance and Howard K. Aihara. (Filed as Exhibit 10.34 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-16609) with the SEC on March 16, 2006)

 

 

 

10.7*

 

Agreement Not to Compete dated as of December 1, 2005 between Alliance and Howard K. Aihara. (Filed as Exhibit 10.35 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-16609) with the SEC on March 16, 2006)

 

 

 

10.8*

 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 1999 Equity Plan for Employees of Alliance and Subsidiaries, as amended and restated. (Filed as Exhibit 10.22 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-16609) with the SEC on March 16, 2007)

 

 

 

10.9*

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Directors) under the 1999 Equity Plan for Employees of Alliance and Subsidiaries, as amended and restated. (Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-16609) with the SEC on December 20, 2007)

 

 

 

10.10*

 

Form of Stock Bonus Award Agreement under the 1999 Equity Plan for Employees of Alliance and Subsidiaries, as amended and restated. (Filed as Exhibit 10.23 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-16609) with the SEC on March 16, 2007)

 

 

 

10.11

 

Governance and Standstill Agreement, dated as of March 17, 2007, among Alliance Imaging, Inc., OCM Principal Opportunities Fund IV, LP., and MTS Health Investors II, L.P. (Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-16609) with the SEC on March 22, 2007

 

 

 

10.12*

 

Form of Executive Severance Agreement. (Filed as Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-16609) with the SEC on May 8, 2014)

 

 

 

10.13*

 

Amendment of Employment Agreement, dated as of April 16, 2007, between Howard K. Aihara and Alliance Imaging, Inc. (Filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-16609) with the SEC on April 20, 2007)

 

 

 

96


 

Exhibit

No.

 

Description

10.14*

 

New form of non-qualified stock option agreement under the 1999 Equity Plan for Employees of Alliance and Subsidiaries, as amended and restated. (Filed as Exhibit 10.35 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-16609) with the SEC on March 12, 2008

 

 

 

10.15*

 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 1999 Equity Plan for Employees of Alliance and Subsidiaries, as amended and restated (For Director Awards Only). (Filed as Exhibit 10.34 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-16609) with the SEC on March 10, 2009)

 

 

 

10.16*

 

Amendment to the Alliance Imaging, Inc. Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated. (Filed as Exhibit 10.35 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-16609) with the SEC on March 10, 2009)

 

 

 

10.17*

 

Second Amendment of Employment Agreement, dated as of December 9, 2008, between Howard K. Aihara and Alliance Imaging, Inc. (Filed as Exhibit 10.37 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-16609) with the SEC on March 10, 2009)

 

 

 

10.18

 

Credit Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2013, among Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc., Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative agent and the lenders party thereto. (Filed as Exhibit 10.22 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-16609) with the SEC on August 7, 2013)

 

 

 

10.19

 

Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2013, among Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc., Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative agent and the lenders party thereto. (Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-16609) with the SEC on October 16, 2013)

 

 

 

10.20

 

Incremental Term Loan Commitment Agreement, dated October 11, 2013, by and among the Company, Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch,  as administrative agent and other lenders party thereto.( Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-16609) with the SEC on October 16, 2013)

 

 

 

10.21*

 

Form of Letter Agreement Evidencing Retention Bonus Arrangements with Executive Officers, dated as of January 31, 2012, with schedule of individual bonus amounts. (Filed as Exhibit 10.27 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-16609) with the SEC on March 15, 2012)

 

 

 

10.22*

 

Offer Letter, dated as of May 31, 2012, between Larry C. Buckelew and Alliance HealthCare Services Inc. (Filed as Exhibit 10.30 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-16609) with the SEC on August 7, 2012)

 

 

 

10.23*

 

Offer Letter, dated as of May 31, 2012, between Michael J. Shea and Alliance HealthCare Services Inc. (Filed as Exhibit 10.31 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-16609) with the SEC on August 7, 2012)

 

 

 

10.24*

 

Offer Letter, dated as of July 29, 2013, between Percy C. Tomlinson and Alliance HealthCare Services Inc. (Filed as Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-16609) with the SEC on August 2, 2013)

 

 

 

10.25*

 

Executive Severance Agreement, dated October 1, 2013, between Percy C. Tomlinson and Alliance HealthCare Services, Inc. (Filed as Exhibit 99.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-16609) with the SEC on August 2, 2013)

 

 

 

10.26*

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the 1999 Equity Plan for Employees of Alliance and Subsidiaries (Filed as Exhibit 10.29 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-16609) with the SEC on March 13, 2014)

 

 

 

10.27

 

Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement, dated as of June 19, 2015, among the Company, Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative agent and the lenders party thereto. (Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-16609) with the SEC on June 23, 2015)

 

 

 

10.28

 

Incremental Term Loan Commitment Agreement, dated June 19, 2015, by and among the Company, Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative agent and other lenders party thereto. (Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-16609) with the SEC on June 23, 2015)

 

 

 

21.2

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant. (1)

 

 

 

23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.(1)

 

 

 

31.1

 

Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.(1)

97


 

Exhibit

No.

 

Description

 

 

 

32.1

 

Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. †

 

 

 

101

 

The following materials from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015, formatted in eXtensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (a) Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014; (b) Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013; (c) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013; (d) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity (Deficit) for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013; and (e) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Filed herewith.

*

Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

This information is furnished herewith and not filed for purposes of Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

 

98


 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

ALLIANCE HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC.

 

 

 

 

March 10, 2016

By:

 

/s/    PERCY C. TOMLINSON

 

 

 

Percy C. Tomlinson

 

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 10, 2016.

99


 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Percy C. Tomlinson and Richard W. Johns, and each of them, with full power to act without the other, such person’s true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign this Annual Report on Form 10-K and any and all amendments thereto, and to file the same, with exhibits and schedules thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing necessary or desirable to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Signature

 

Title

/s/    PERCY C. TOMLINSON

 

 

Percy C. Tomlinson

 

Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

/S/    HOWARD K. AIHARA

 

 

Howard K. Aihara

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

/S/    LARRY C. BUCKELEW

 

 

Larry C. Buckelew

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

 

 

/S/    SCOTT A. BARTOS

 

 

Scott A. Bartos

 

Director

 

 

 

/S/    AARON A. BENDIKSON

 

 

Aaron A. Bendikson

 

Director

 

 

 

/S/    NEIL F. DIMICK

 

 

Neil F. Dimick

 

Director

 

 

 

/S/    MICHAEL P. HARMON

 

 

Michael P. Harmon

 

Director

 

 

 

/S/    CURTIS S. LANE

 

 

Curtis S. Lane

 

Director

 

 

 

/S/    EDWARD L. SAMEK

 

 

Edward L. Samek

 

Director

 

 

 

/S/    PAUL S. VIVIANO

 

 

Paul S. Viviano

 

Director

 

 

100


 

ALLIANCE HEALTHCARE SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

Balance at Beginning of

Period

 

 

Additions

 

 

Deductions

(Bad Debt Write-

offs, net of

Recoveries)

 

 

Balance at

End of Period

 

Year ended December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

 

$

4,055

 

 

$

4,107

 

 

$

(2,701

)

 

$

5,461

 

Year ended December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

 

$

5,158

 

 

$

2,634

 

 

$

(3,737

)

 

$

4,055

 

Year ended December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

 

$

5,317

 

 

$

3,415

 

 

$

(3,574

)

 

$

5,158

 

 

 

101